Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Numerical Analysis

212 missions · 108 completed

Missions

Open104Completed108All212
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

From Error Bounds to the Complexity of First-Order Descent Methods for Convex Functions 3: ISTA for ℓ1-Regularized Least Squares Satisfies f(x_k) − min f ≤ (f(x_0) − min f)/q^k with q = 1 + 2aγ_R/b²Research Paper

Motivation

The ℓ1-regularized least squares problem (the Lasso, or basis pursuit denoising) is the model problem of compressed sensing and sparse inverse problems: given a matrix A∈Rm×nA\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}A∈Rm×n, data d∈Rmd\in\mathbb R^md∈Rm and a weight μ>0\mu>0μ>0, one seeks a vector xxx that fits Ax≈dAx\approx dAx≈d while having few nonzero entries. The standard first-order method for it is the iterative shrinkage thresholding algorithm (ISTA), a forward-backward splitting scheme whose backward step is componentwise soft thresholding. Each iteration costs two matrix–vector products, which is why ISTA and its variants are used on problems far too large for interior-point methods.

The classical complexity guarantee for ISTA is f(xk)−min⁡f=O(1/k)f(x_k)-\min f=O(1/k)f(xk​)−minf=O(1/k), the rate of the proximal gradient method on any convex composite problem (Beck–Teboulle 2009). ISTA itself goes back to Daubechies–Defrise–De Mol 2004, and its link with forward-backward splitting to Combettes–Wajs 2005. An asymptotic linear rate was known, with an explanation through partial smoothness (Liang–Fadili–Peyré), but there was no global, explicit, non-asymptotic bound. Bolte, Nguyen, Peypouquet and Suter (arXiv:1510.08234v3, Math. Program. 2017) derive such a bound from two ingredients: an error bound for the Lasso objective on ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ balls, with a constant written through a Hoffman constant, and their general theory turning a Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz (KL) inequality into complexity bounds for descent methods.

Setting

Write Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, and ∥x∥1=∑i∣xi∣\|x\|_1=\sum_i|x_i|∥x∥1​=∑i​∣xi​∣. For a matrix MMM, ∥M∥\|M\|∥M∥ is its spectral norm, the operator norm from Rn\mathbb R^nRn to Rm\mathbb R^mRm with Euclidean norms. The objective is

f(x)=μ∥x∥1+12∥Ax−d∥2,μ>0,f(x)=\mu\|x\|_1+\tfrac12\|Ax-d\|^2,\qquad \mu>0,f(x)=μ∥x∥1​+21​∥Ax−d∥2,μ>0,

with min⁡f=inf⁡xf(x)\min f=\inf_x f(x)minf=infx​f(x) and S=argmin⁡fS=\operatorname{argmin} fS=argminf. Put g=μ∥⋅∥1g=\mu\|\cdot\|_1g=μ∥⋅∥1​ and h=12∥A⋅−d∥2h=\tfrac12\|A\cdot-d\|^2h=21​∥A⋅−d∥2. Then hhh is convex with gradient AT(Ax−d)A^T(Ax-d)AT(Ax−d), Lipschitz with constant L=∥ATA∥L=\|A^TA\|L=∥ATA∥.

Given stepsizes 0<λ−≤λk≤λ+0<\lambda^-\le\lambda_k\le\lambda^+0<λ−≤λk​≤λ+ with λ+L<2\lambda^+L<2λ+L<2 and any x0x_0x0​, ISTA is

xk+1=prox⁡λkμ∥⋅∥1(xk−λk(ATAxk−ATd)),k≥0,x_{k+1}=\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda_k\mu\|\cdot\|_1}\big(x_k-\lambda_k(A^TAx_k-A^Td)\big),\qquad k\ge0,xk+1​=proxλk​μ∥⋅∥1​​(xk​−λk​(ATAxk​−ATd)),k≥0,

where prox⁡φ(v)\operatorname{prox}_\varphi(v)proxφ​(v) is the minimizer of φ(y)+12∥y−v∥2\varphi(y)+\tfrac12\|y-v\|^2φ(y)+21​∥y−v∥2. More generally, in a real Hilbert space HHH with ggg proper, lower semicontinuous and convex and hhh convex with LLL-Lipschitz gradient, the forward-backward method takes xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​ to be a minimizer of g(z)+⟨∇h(xk),z−xk⟩+12λk∥z−xk∥2g(z)+\langle\nabla h(x_k),z-x_k\rangle+\frac1{2\lambda_k}\|z-x_k\|^2g(z)+⟨∇h(xk​),z−xk​⟩+2λk​1​∥z−xk​∥2.

A sequence is a subgradient descent sequence for a convex fff with constants a,b>0a,b>0a,b>0 if x0∈dom⁡fx_0\in\operatorname{dom} fx0​∈domf and, for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1,

  • (H1) f(xk)+a∥xk−xk−1∥2≤f(xk−1)f(x_k)+a\|x_k-x_{k-1}\|^2\le f(x_{k-1})f(xk​)+a∥xk​−xk−1​∥2≤f(xk−1​);
  • (H2) some ωk∈∂f(xk)\omega_k\in\partial f(x_k)ωk​∈∂f(xk​) has ∥ωk∥≤b∥xk−xk−1∥\|\omega_k\|\le b\|x_k-x_{k-1}\|∥ωk​∥≤b∥xk​−xk−1​∥.

With min⁡f=0\min f=0minf=0, fff has the KL property on a set X∩[0<f<rˉ]X\cap[0<f<\bar r]X∩[0<f<rˉ] with desingularizing function φ\varphiφ if φ′(f(x))∥v∥≥1\varphi'(f(x))\|v\|\ge1φ′(f(x))∥v∥≥1 for every such xxx and every v∈∂f(x)v\in\partial f(x)v∈∂f(x).

A number ν≥0\nu\ge0ν≥0 is a Hoffman constant for a pair of matrices (A′,E)(A',E)(A′,E) if, for every right-hand side with X={A′x≤a′}X=\{A'x\le a'\}X={A′x≤a′} and Y={Ex=e}Y=\{Ex=e\}Y={Ex=e} intersecting, dist⁡(x,X∩Y)≤ν∥Ex−e∥\operatorname{dist}(x,X\cap Y)\le\nu\|Ex-e\|dist(x,X∩Y)≤ν∥Ex−e∥ for all x∈Xx\in Xx∈X.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 25

Put a=1λ+−L2a=\frac1{\lambda^+}-\frac L2a=λ+1​−2L​ and b=1λ−+Lb=\frac1{\lambda^-}+Lb=λ−1​+L, and R=max⁡(f(x0)μ,1+∥d∥22μ)R=\max\big(\frac{f(x_0)}\mu,1+\frac{\|d\|^2}{2\mu}\big)R=max(μf(x0​)​,1+2μ∥d∥2​). Let γR>0\gamma_R>0γR​>0 be such that f(x)−min⁡f≥2γRdist⁡2(x,S)f(x)-\min f\ge2\gamma_R\operatorname{dist}^2(x,S)f(x)−minf≥2γR​dist2(x,S) whenever ∥x∥1≤R\|x\|_1\le R∥x∥1​≤R. Then ISTA converges to some x∗∈Sx^*\in Sx∗∈S and

f(xk)−min⁡f≤f(x0)−min⁡fqk(k≥0),∥xk−x∗∥≤C f(x0)−min⁡fq(k−1)/2(k≥1),f(x_k)-\min f\le\frac{f(x_0)-\min f}{q^k}\quad(k\ge0),\qquad \|x_k-x^*\|\le C\,\frac{\sqrt{f(x_0)-\min f}}{q^{(k-1)/2}}\quad(k\ge1),f(xk​)−minf≤qkf(x0​)−minf​(k≥0),∥xk​−x∗∥≤Cq(k−1)/2f(x0​)−minf​​(k≥1), q=1+2aγRb2,C=1a(1+1ab−2γR1+12ab−2γR).q=1+\frac{2a\gamma_R}{b^2},\qquad C=\frac1{\sqrt a}\Bigg(1+\frac1{ab^{-2}\gamma_R\sqrt{1+\frac1{2ab^{-2}\gamma_R}}}\Bigg).q=1+b22aγR​​,C=a​1​(1+ab−2γR​1+2ab−2γR​1​​1​).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 10, (9)–(10): for R>∥d∥2/(2μ)R>\|d\|^2/(2\mu)R>∥d∥2/(2μ) the error bound holds with γR=1/(4ν2(1+μR+(R∥A∥+∥d∥)(4R∥A∥+∥d∥)))\gamma_R=1/\big(4\nu^2(1+\mu R+(R\|A\|+\|d\|)(4R\|A\|+\|d\|))\big)γR​=1/(4ν2(1+μR+(R∥A∥+∥d∥)(4R∥A∥+∥d∥))). Here ν\nuν is a Hoffman constant of an explicit pair of matrices built from AAA and μ\muμ.
  2. Lemma 10, KL consequence: under the error bound, f−min⁡ff-\min ff−minf has the KL property on the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ ball with φ(s)=2s/γR\varphi(s)=\sqrt{2s/\gamma_R}φ(s)=2s/γR​​.
  3. Proposition 13: the forward-backward method satisfies (H1) and (H2) with the constants a,ba,ba,b above.
  4. §5.3: every ISTA iterate satisfies ∥xk∥1≤R\|x_k\|_1\le R∥xk​∥1​≤R.
  5. Corollary 20 in the stable-set form of Corollary 19: a subgradient descent sequence that stays in a set XXX, on which the KL inequality holds with ψ(s)=ℓ2s2\psi(s)=\frac\ell2s^2ψ(s)=2ℓ​s2, satisfies f(xk)≤f(x0)/(1+2aσ)kf(x_k)\le f(x_0)/(1+2a\sigma)^kf(xk​)≤f(x0​)/(1+2aσ)k and the companion bound on ∥xk−x∗∥\|x_k-x^*\|∥xk​−x∗∥, σ=ℓb−2\sigma=\ell b^{-2}σ=ℓb−2.

Significance

The result. The theorem replaces the sublinear O(1/k)O(1/k)O(1/k) guarantee of ISTA by a global linear rate with explicit constants depending only on μ\muμ, AAA, ddd, the stepsizes, x0x_0x0​ and a Hoffman constant. It also bounds the distance of the iterates to the limit, not only the objective gap, and needs no uniqueness of the minimizer. Through γR\gamma_RγR​, it shows that conditioning of the objective near its minimizers, rather than strong convexity, governs the complexity of the method. The general machinery behind it (Theorem 16 of the paper, a separate mission of this series) applies to any method producing subgradient descent sequences.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper, and no machine-checked proof of it or of its ingredients is known. A formalization would give a verified linear-rate certificate for a widely deployed algorithm. It would also yield reusable lemmas: the descent and relative-error properties of the forward-backward method in a Hilbert space, and quadratic growth for the Lasso on ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ balls. Lemma 10 rests on an external result (Beck–Shtern, Lemma 2.5) that a complete development must also formalize.

Difficulty

The Lasso objective is not strongly convex when AAA has a nontrivial kernel, and its minimizer need not be unique. The textbook argument for linear convergence of proximal gradient methods, which uses strong convexity, therefore does not apply. Quadratic growth f−min⁡f≥2γdist⁡2(⋅,S)f-\min f\ge2\gamma\operatorname{dist}^2(\cdot,S)f−minf≥2γdist2(⋅,S) is the substitute, but it holds only on bounded sets, with a constant degrading in the radius. The analysis must therefore show that the iterates stay in a fixed ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ ball and keep track of how the growth constant enters the rate. Deriving the explicit γR\gamma_RγR​ requires recasting the problem as a quadratic program over a polyhedron with 2n+12^n+12n+1 facets and invoking a Hoffman-type error bound for it.

Formalization scope

Citations refer to the arXiv preprint arXiv:1510.08234v3 (20 July 2016), with its numbering and pages; the journal version is not used. Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) and matrices act through Matrix.toEuclideanLin. Spectral norms are operator norms of the associated continuous linear maps, never Mathlib's default entrywise matrix norm. The data vector, called bbb in §3.2.1 of the paper and ddd in §5.3, is ddd throughout; bbb is the constant of (H2).

Functions with values in (−∞,+∞](-\infty,+\infty](−∞,+∞] are EReal-valued. The convex subdifferential, Γ₀, ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​, the prox predicate and the class K(0,rˉ)\mathcal K(0,\bar r)K(0,rˉ) of desingularizing functions are reused from published platform definitions. The stepsize condition λ+<2/L\lambda^+<2/Lλ+<2/L is written λ+L<2\lambda^+L<2λ+L<2, so that A=0A=0A=0 (where L=0L=0L=0) is covered. min⁡f\min fminf is the infimum of fff, and q(k−1)/2q^{(k-1)/2}q(k−1)/2 is a real power.

In the goal, γR\gamma_RγR​ is any positive constant satisfying the error bound on the ball of radius RRR; it is not fixed to the value (10) and not existentially quantified. The constants a,b,q,C,Ra,b,q,C,Ra,b,q,C,R are fixed formulas, never existentials. A statement with an unspecified constant, with γR\gamma_RγR​ chosen after the sequence, or with the stepsize hypothesis written as λ+<2/L\lambda^+<2/Lλ+<2/L (unsatisfiable or vacuous at L=0L=0L=0) would trivialize the goal and is ruled out.

The subgradient-descent and KL notions duplicate, in the sub-namespace ErrBoundCplx.ISTA, those of the series' first mission, because draft items cannot import each other. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, in particular Proposition 13 and the KL consequence of Lemma 10, which are self-contained. A formalization of Hoffman's error bound and of Beck–Shtern's Lemma 2.5 is the main infrastructure Lemma 10 needs.

Selected references

  • J. Bolte, T. P. Nguyen, J. Peypouquet, B. W. Suter, From error bounds to the complexity of first-order descent methods for convex functions, Math. Program. 165 (2017) 471–507; arXiv:1510.08234v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1510.08234v3
  • A. Beck, S. Shtern, Linearly convergent away-step conditional gradient for non-strongly convex functions, preprint (cited as [10], Lemma 2.5). https://arxiv.org/abs/1504.05002
  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, A fast iterative shrinkage-thresholding algorithm for linear inverse problems, SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 2 (2009) 183–202. https://doi.org/10.1137/080716542
  • A. J. Hoffman, On approximate solutions of systems of linear inequalities, J. Res. Natl. Bur. Stand. 49 (1952) 263–265. https://doi.org/10.6028/jres.049.027
  • I. Daubechies, M. Defrise, C. De Mol, An iterative thresholding algorithm for linear inverse problems with a sparsity constraint, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 57 (2004) 1413–1457. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpa.20042
  • J. Liang, J. Fadili, G. Peyré, Local linear convergence of forward-backward under partial smoothness, preprint. https://arxiv.org/abs/1407.5611
  • P. L. Combettes, V. R. Wajs, Signal recovery by proximal forward-backward splitting, Multiscale Model. Simul. 4 (2005) 1168–1200. https://doi.org/10.1137/050626090
  • H. Attouch, J. Bolte, B. F. Svaiter, Convergence of descent methods for semi-algebraic and tame problems, Math. Program. 137 (2013) 91–129. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0484-9
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

First-Order Optimization Algorithms via Inertial Systems with Hessian Driven Damping II: The Inertial Proximal Algorithm (IPAHD) Satisfies f(x_k) − min f = O(1/δ_k)Research Paper

Motivation

Accelerated first-order methods, such as Nesterov's method and FISTA, reach a convergence rate of O(1/k2)\mathcal O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) on the objective values of a smooth convex function, against O(1/k)\mathcal O(1/k)O(1/k) for plain gradient descent. Since the work of Su, Boyd and Candès (arXiv:1503.01243), these methods are studied through their continuous-time limits, second-order differential equations with a vanishing viscous damping αtx˙\frac{\alpha}{t}\dot xtα​x˙. The trajectories of these equations, and the iterates of the corresponding algorithms, oscillate strongly around the minimizers.

Adding a Hessian-driven damping term β(t)∇2f(x(t))x˙(t)\beta(t)\nabla^2 f(x(t))\dot x(t)β(t)∇2f(x(t))x˙(t) to the dynamic damps these oscillations while keeping the fast rate. The idea goes back to Alvarez, Attouch, Bolte and Redont (2002) and was developed for fast convex minimization by Attouch, Peypouquet and Redont (arXiv:1601.07113, J. Differential Equations 2016). Shi, Du, Jordan and Su (arXiv:1810.08907) showed that the gradient-correction term of Nesterov's method is exactly such a Hessian damping, observed in a high-resolution limit. Because ∇2f(x(t))x˙(t)\nabla^2 f(x(t))\dot x(t)∇2f(x(t))x˙(t) is the time derivative of ∇f(x(t))\nabla f(x(t))∇f(x(t)), the Hessian never has to be evaluated after discretization, and the resulting algorithms are genuinely first-order.

Attouch, Chbani, Fadili and Riahi (arXiv:1907.10536, Math. Program. 2020) study the system (DIN-AVD)α,β,b_{\alpha,\beta,b}α,β,b​, x¨+αtx˙+β(t)∇2f(x)x˙+b(t)∇f(x)=0\ddot x+\frac{\alpha}{t}\dot x+\beta(t)\nabla^2f(x)\dot x+b(t)\nabla f(x)=0x¨+tα​x˙+β(t)∇2f(x)x˙+b(t)∇f(x)=0, with general time-dependent coefficients, and derive algorithms from it. This mission formalizes their first discrete result: the convergence rate of the implicit (proximal) discretization.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH be a real Hilbert space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, and let f:H→Rf:\mathcal H\to\mathbb Rf:H→R be a convex function of class C1\mathcal C^1C1 with gradient ∇f\nabla f∇f, attaining its minimum at some point x⋆x^\starx⋆. Fix α≥1\alpha\ge1α≥1, a step size h>0h>0h>0 with s=h2s=h^2s=h2, and two non-negative sequences (βk)k∈N(\beta_k)_{k\in\mathbb N}(βk​)k∈N​ (the Hessian damping) and (bk)k∈N(b_k)_{k\in\mathbb N}(bk​)k∈N​ (the time scaling of the gradient).

For μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0 and y∈Hy\in\mathcal Hy∈H, the proximal point proxμf(y)\mathrm{prox}_{\mu f}(y)proxμf​(y) is the minimizer of z↦μf(z)+12∥z−y∥2z\mapsto\mu f(z)+\tfrac12\|z-y\|^2z↦μf(z)+21​∥z−y∥2.

The Inertial Proximal Algorithm with Hessian Damping (IPAHD) generates a sequence (xk)k∈N(x_k)_{k\in\mathbb N}(xk​)k∈N​ by, for k≥1k\ge1k≥1,

μk=kk+α(βks+sbk),yk=xk+(1−αk+α)(xk−xk−1)+βks(1−αk+α)∇f(xk),\mu_k=\frac{k}{k+\alpha}\big(\beta_k\sqrt s+sb_k\big),\qquad y_k=x_k+\Big(1-\frac{\alpha}{k+\alpha}\Big)(x_k-x_{k-1})+\beta_k\sqrt s\Big(1-\frac{\alpha}{k+\alpha}\Big)\nabla f(x_k),μk​=k+αk​(βk​s​+sbk​),yk​=xk​+(1−k+αα​)(xk​−xk−1​)+βk​s​(1−k+αα​)∇f(xk​), xk+1=proxμkf(yk).x_{k+1}=\mathrm{prox}_{\mu_kf}(y_k).xk+1​=proxμk​f​(yk​).

It is the implicit time discretization, with step hhh, of (DIN-AVD)α,β,b_{\alpha,\beta,b}α,β,b​:

k(xk+1−2xk+xk−1)+α(xk+1−xk)+βkhk(∇f(xk+1)−∇f(xk))+bkh2k∇f(xk+1)=0.(8)k(x_{k+1}-2x_k+x_{k-1})+\alpha(x_{k+1}-x_k)+\beta_khk\big(\nabla f(x_{k+1})-\nabla f(x_k)\big)+b_kh^2k\nabla f(x_{k+1})=0. \tag{8}k(xk+1​−2xk​+xk−1​)+α(xk+1​−xk​)+βk​hk(∇f(xk+1​)−∇f(xk​))+bk​h2k∇f(xk+1​)=0.(8)

The rate is measured by the sequence

δk:=h(bkhk−βk+1−k(βk+1−βk))(k+1),(9)\delta_k:=h\big(b_khk-\beta_{k+1}-k(\beta_{k+1}-\beta_k)\big)(k+1), \tag{9}δk​:=h(bk​hk−βk+1​−k(βk+1​−βk​))(k+1),(9)

under two growth conditions: (G2dis)(\mathcal G_2^{\rm dis})(G2dis​) bkhk−βk+1−k(βk+1−βk)>0b_khk-\beta_{k+1}-k(\beta_{k+1}-\beta_k)>0bk​hk−βk+1​−k(βk+1​−βk​)>0 and (G3dis)(\mathcal G_3^{\rm dis})(G3dis​) δk+1−δk≤(α−1)δkk+1\delta_{k+1}-\delta_k\le(\alpha-1)\frac{\delta_k}{k+1}δk+1​−δk​≤(α−1)k+1δk​​. They are the discrete counterparts of the conditions (G2)(\mathcal G_2)(G2​), (G3)(\mathcal G_3)(G3​) of the continuous analysis.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 11)

If (G2dis)(\mathcal G_2^{\rm dis})(G2dis​) and (G3dis)(\mathcal G_3^{\rm dis})(G3dis​) hold for every k≥k0k\ge k_0k≥k0​, for some k0≥1k_0\ge1k0​≥1, then every sequence generated by (IPAHD) satisfies: δk>0\delta_k>0δk​>0 for k≥k0k\ge k_0k≥k0​, and

f(xk)−min⁡Hf=O(1δk),∑kδkβk+1∥∇f(xk+1)∥2<+∞.f(x_k)-\min_{\mathcal H}f=\mathcal O\Big(\frac1{\delta_k}\Big),\qquad \sum_k\delta_k\beta_{k+1}\|\nabla f(x_{k+1})\|^2<+\infty.f(xk​)−Hmin​f=O(δk​1​),k∑​δk​βk+1​∥∇f(xk+1​)∥2<+∞.

The rate is stated in terms of δk\delta_kδk​, with no constant fixed in advance, so it covers every admissible choice of (βk)(\beta_k)(βk​) and (bk)(b_k)(bk​) at once.

Milestones (the steps of the proof, pp. 10–13)

  1. Every run of (IPAHD) satisfies (8).
  2. Under (8), vk+1−vk=hCk∇f(xk+1)v_{k+1}-v_k=h C_k\nabla f(x_{k+1})vk+1​−vk​=hCk​∇f(xk+1​), where vk:=(α−1)(xk−x⋆)+k(xk−xk−1+βkh∇f(xk))v_k:=(\alpha-1)(x_k-x^\star)+k(x_k-x_{k-1}+\beta_kh\nabla f(x_k))vk​:=(α−1)(xk​−x⋆)+k(xk​−xk−1​+βk​h∇f(xk​)) and Ck=βk+1+k(βk+1−βk)−bkhkC_k=\beta_{k+1}+k(\beta_{k+1}-\beta_k)-b_khkCk​=βk+1​+k(βk+1​−βk​)−bk​hk.
  3. 12∥vk+1∥2−12∥vk∥2≤−(α−1)hCk(f(x⋆)−f(xk+1))−hCk(k+1)(f(xk)−f(xk+1))\tfrac12\|v_{k+1}\|^2-\tfrac12\|v_k\|^2\le-(\alpha-1)hC_k(f(x^\star)-f(x_{k+1}))-hC_k(k+1)(f(x_k)-f(x_{k+1}))21​∥vk+1​∥2−21​∥vk​∥2≤−(α−1)hCk​(f(x⋆)−f(xk+1​))−hCk​(k+1)(f(xk​)−f(xk+1​)).
  4. For the energy Ek:=δk(f(xk)−f(x⋆))+12∥vk∥2E_k:=\delta_k(f(x_k)-f(x^\star))+\tfrac12\|v_k\|^2Ek​:=δk​(f(xk​)−f(x⋆))+21​∥vk​∥2: Ek+1−Ek≤(δk+1−δk−(α−1)δkk+1)(f(xk+1)−f(x⋆))E_{k+1}-E_k\le\big(\delta_{k+1}-\delta_k-(\alpha-1)\frac{\delta_k}{k+1}\big)(f(x_{k+1})-f(x^\star))Ek+1​−Ek​≤(δk+1​−δk​−(α−1)k+1δk​​)(f(xk+1​)−f(x⋆)).
  5. f(xk)−min⁡f≤Ek0/δkf(x_k)-\min f\le E_{k_0}/\delta_kf(xk​)−minf≤Ek0​​/δk​ for k≥k0k\ge k_0k≥k0​.
  6. Ek+1−Ek+h(h2Ck2+δkβk+1)∥∇f(xk+1)∥2≤0E_{k+1}-E_k+h\big(\tfrac h2C_k^2+\delta_k\beta_{k+1}\big)\|\nabla f(x_{k+1})\|^2\le0Ek+1​−Ek​+h(2h​Ck2​+δk​βk+1​)∥∇f(xk+1​)∥2≤0.

Significance

With βk≡β>0\beta_k\equiv\beta>0βk​≡β>0 and bk=1+β/(hk)b_k=1+\beta/(hk)bk​=1+β/(hk) one gets δk=h2k(k+1)\delta_k=h^2k(k+1)δk​=h2k(k+1), so Theorem 4 gives the accelerated rate O(1/k2)\mathcal O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) for a proximal algorithm with Hessian damping, together with the summability of k2∥∇f(xk+1)∥2k^2\|\nabla f(x_{k+1})\|^2k2∥∇f(xk+1​)∥2, a fast decay of the gradients that the plain inertial proximal algorithm does not provide. The time-dependent coefficients let the user trade damping against speed, and Remark 2 of the paper gives O(1/(k(k+1)))\mathcal O(1/(k(k+1)))O(1/(k(k+1))) under a uniform version of (G2dis)(\mathcal G_2^{\rm dis})(G2dis​). The proximal scheme only needs fff of class C1\mathcal C^1C1; the non-smooth case (Theorem 5) is obtained from it through the Moreau envelope.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as the platform's catalog shows, neither the algorithm nor any Lyapunov analysis of an inertial algorithm with Hessian-driven damping has been machine-checked. A formal proof would certify a discrete energy argument whose printed version contains an index slip (a dropped factor k+1k+1k+1 in an intermediate display on p. 12), and the definitions are reused by the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The proof is a discrete Lyapunov argument, and the difficulty is bookkeeping rather than a single deep step. The coefficient δk\delta_kδk​ is not chosen in advance: it is forced by the requirement that the terms f(xk)−f(xk+1)f(x_k)-f(x_{k+1})f(xk​)−f(xk+1​) cancel in Ek+1−EkE_{k+1}-E_kEk+1​−Ek​, and the inequality for 12∥vk+1∥2−12∥vk∥2\tfrac12\|v_{k+1}\|^2-\tfrac12\|v_k\|^221​∥vk+1​∥2−21​∥vk​∥2 only closes after the signs of CkC_kCk​, βk+1\beta_{k+1}βk+1​ and α−1\alpha-1α−1 are used in the right places. The convexity of fff enters twice, at different points (x⋆x^\starx⋆ and xkx_kxk​). Reading the proximal step as the first-order optimality condition xk+1+μk∇f(xk+1)=ykx_{k+1}+\mu_k\nabla f(x_{k+1})=y_kxk+1​+μk​∇f(xk+1​)=yk​ and converting it into (8) requires matching s\sqrt ss​ with hhh and the coefficient 1−αk+α1-\frac{\alpha}{k+\alpha}1−k+αα​ with kk+α\frac{k}{k+\alpha}k+αk​. A naive direct estimate of f(xk)−min⁡ff(x_k)-\min ff(xk​)−minf from the proximal inequality alone gives only the unaccelerated rate.

Formalization scope

The space is {H : Type*} [NormedAddCommGroup H] [InnerProductSpace ℝ H] [CompleteSpace H], ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient f, convexity is ConvexOn ℝ Set.univ f and C1\mathcal C^1C1 is ContDiff ℝ 1 f. The minimizer is a point x⋆x^\starx⋆ with f(x⋆)≤f(y)f(x^\star)\le f(y)f(x⋆)≤f(y) for all yyy, the concrete form of the paper's standing hypothesis argminf≠∅\mathrm{argmin}f\neq\emptysetargminf=∅. The proximal step is the published predicate GoldenRatioVI.Shared.IsProxPoint: xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​ minimizes μkf(z)+12∥z−yk∥2\mu_kf(z)+\tfrac12\|z-y_k\|^2μk​f(z)+21​∥z−yk​∥2. No proximal function with a junk value is defined. Sequences are indexed by N\mathbb NN, the recursion is required for k≥1k\ge1k≥1, and x0x_0x0​, x1x_1x1​ are free. O\mathcal OO is =O[Filter.atTop] and the series is Summable in R\mathbb RR.

Hypotheses added relative to the printed theorem, all disclosed in the statements:

  • h>0h>0h>0, s=h2s=h^2s=h2;
  • βk,bk≥0\beta_k,b_k\ge0βk​,bk​≥0 for every kkk, the discrete analogue of the standing hypothesis (H), needed for μk≥0\mu_k\ge0μk​≥0 and used in the proof;
  • the growth conditions are assumed for k≥k0k\ge k_0k≥k0​, with k0≥1k_0\ge1k0​≥1.

At k=0k=0k=0, (G2dis)(\mathcal G_2^{\rm dis})(G2dis​) reads −β1>0-\beta_1>0−β1​>0, so reading the conditions "for all kkk" would make every hypothesis set unsatisfiable and the theorem empty. A sorry-free check shows the hypotheses hold for β≡0\beta\equiv0β≡0, b≡1b\equiv1b≡1, h=1h=1h=1, α=4\alpha=4α=4, k0=2k_0=2k0​=2. The goal statement mentions only fff, the run and δk\delta_kδk​; it does not refer to vkv_kvk​, EkE_kEk​ or CkC_kCk​, and a formalization that assumes an energy inequality would not prove Theorem 4.

The definitions μk\mu_kμk​, yky_kyk​, the run predicate, δk\delta_kδk​, CkC_kCk​, vkv_kvk​ and EkE_kEk​ live in one definition file. Proofs of the milestones are welcome individually; the identities (milestones 1–2) are algebra plus the first-order condition of the proximal step, and the inequalities (3–6) need the gradient inequality of a differentiable convex function. Theorem 5 (the non-smooth case) is not part of this mission.

Selected references

  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, J. Fadili, H. Riahi, First-order optimization algorithms via inertial systems with Hessian driven damping, Math. Program., 2020; arXiv:1907.10536v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1907.10536
  • H. Attouch, J. Peypouquet, P. Redont, Fast convex minimization via inertial dynamics with Hessian driven damping, J. Differential Equations 261 (2016), 5734–5783. https://arxiv.org/abs/1601.07113
  • B. Shi, S. S. Du, M. I. Jordan, W. J. Su, Understanding the acceleration phenomenon via high-resolution differential equations, Math. Program., 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.08907
  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E. J. Candès, A differential equation for modeling Nesterov's accelerated gradient method: theory and insights, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17 (2016). https://arxiv.org/abs/1503.01243
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

First-Order Optimization Algorithms via Inertial Systems with Hessian Driven Damping III: The Inertial Gradient Algorithm (IGAHD) Satisfies f(x_k) − min f = O(1/k²) and Σ k²‖∇f(x_k)‖² < ∞Research Paper

Motivation

Accelerated gradient methods use information from earlier iterates to reduce the objective gap of a smooth convex optimization problem faster than ordinary gradient descent. Their behavior depends on the precise momentum rule. Attouch, Chbani, Fadili, and Riahi study a discrete rule with an additional difference of consecutive gradients, motivated by an inertial differential equation with Hessian driven damping. This mission concerns their inertial gradient algorithm with Hessian damping, called IGAHD, and the rates proved for it in Theorem 6 of the source paper. The result matters when one wants a rate for objective values together with control of the gradients seen during the run.

The paper appeared as a 2020 preprint and subsequently in Mathematical Programming. The mission follows the pinned arXiv version, whose theorem and equation numbers supply all citations here. The proximal and strongly convex algorithms elsewhere in the paper have separate missions; their dynamics and rate statements differ from IGAHD.

Setting

Let HHH be a real Hilbert space and let f:H→Rf:H\to\mathbb Rf:H→R be convex and differentiable. Assume that its gradient ∇f\nabla f∇f is LLL-Lipschitz: ∥∇f(u)−∇f(v)∥≤L∥u−v∥\|\nabla f(u)-\nabla f(v)\|\le L\|u-v\|∥∇f(u)−∇f(v)∥≤L∥u−v∥ for every u,v∈Hu,v\in Hu,v∈H, where L>0L>0L>0. Choose a minimizer x∗x^*x∗, so f(x∗)=min⁡Hff(x^*)=\min_H ff(x∗)=minH​f. The positive step size sss satisfies s≤1/Ls\le1/Ls≤1/L. The momentum parameter α\alphaα is at least 333, and the damping parameter β\betaβ lies in [0,2s)[0,2\sqrt{s})[0,2s​).

Given x0,x1∈Hx_0,x_1\in Hx0​,x1​∈H, the algorithm takes the following two steps for every integer k≥1k\ge1k≥1:

yk=xk+(1−αk)(xk−xk−1)−βs(∇f(xk)−∇f(xk−1))−βsk∇f(xk−1),xk+1=yk−s∇f(yk).\begin{aligned} y_k={}&x_k+\left(1-\frac{\alpha}{k}\right)(x_k-x_{k-1}) -\beta\sqrt{s}\bigl(\nabla f(x_k)-\nabla f(x_{k-1})\bigr) -\frac{\beta\sqrt{s}}{k}\nabla f(x_{k-1}),\\ x_{k+1}={}&y_k-s\nabla f(y_k). \end{aligned}yk​=xk+1​=​xk​+(1−kα​)(xk​−xk−1​)−βs​(∇f(xk​)−∇f(xk−1​))−kβs​​∇f(xk−1​),yk​−s∇f(yk​).​

The paper sets tk+1=k/(α−1)t_{k+1}=k/(\alpha-1)tk+1​=k/(α−1) and vk=xk−1−x∗+tk(xk−xk−1+βs∇f(xk−1))v_k=x_{k-1}-x^*+t_k(x_k-x_{k-1}+\beta\sqrt{s}\nabla f(x_{k-1}))vk​=xk−1​−x∗+tk​(xk​−xk−1​+βs​∇f(xk−1​)). Its Lyapunov quantity is Ek=tk2(f(xk)−f(x∗))+(2s)−1∥vk∥2E_k=t_k^2(f(x_k)-f(x^*))+(2s)^{-1}\|v_k\|^2Ek​=tk2​(f(xk​)−f(x∗))+(2s)−1∥vk​∥2 for k≥1k\ge1k≥1. These expressions are fixed by the source formulas (14)–(15), p. 15, not chosen to simplify a later proof.

Formalization targets

The central target is the full rate statement of Theorem 6. In the range where the paper's monotonicity argument applies, EkE_kEk​ is eventually nonincreasing. For every IGAHD run,

f(xk)−min⁡Hf=O(k−2)(k→∞).f(x_k)-\min_H f=O(k^{-2})\quad(k\to\infty).f(xk​)−Hmin​f=O(k−2)(k→∞).

When β>0\beta>0β>0, the theorem also gives both weighted gradient summability claims:

∑k≥0k2∥∇f(yk)∥2<∞,∑k≥0k2∥∇f(xk)∥2<∞.\sum_{k\ge0} k^2\|\nabla f(y_k)\|^2<\infty, \qquad \sum_{k\ge0} k^2\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2<\infty.k≥0∑​k2∥∇f(yk​)∥2<∞,k≥0∑​k2∥∇f(xk​)∥2<∞.

The milestone list follows claims the authors state while proving that target. It begins with the extended descent inequality (Lemma 1, (28)), records the identities for tkt_ktk​ and vkv_kvk​, and then captures the displayed energy and ε\varepsilonε inequalities. Remark 4 asks for the O(k−3)O(k^{-3})O(k−3) bound on the smallest squared gradient norm among the first kkk iterates; Remark 5 asks for the O(k−2)O(k^{-2})O(k−2) objective gap at yky_kyk​. Those are companion statements and are not substituted for the main theorem.

Significance

The rate bounds give three kinds of information about one trajectory. The objective gap controls the values attained at the iterates. The two summable series imply that the gradients at both the extrapolated points and the iterates become small in a weighted aggregate sense when damping is positive. The paper then uses this series estimate to derive the best-iterate estimate of Remark 4 and the extrapolated-value estimate of Remark 5, all on p. 18.

The result is proved in the cited paper; the open work here is its Lean proof and the supporting smooth convex analysis. The development makes the precise discrete algorithm, the Lyapunov quantity, and the descent inequality reusable as mathematical interfaces. A complete formal proof would also make explicit where the author's finite-index monotonicity wording needs correction.

Difficulty

The usual smooth descent estimate alone gives a decrease after one gradient step, but the extrapolated point yky_kyk​ also carries a momentum term and a gradient difference. Its objective value is therefore not the same quantity as f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​), and a direct comparison of successive objective values does not give the claimed summability. The source uses a stronger descent inequality with a squared difference of gradients. The energy change then contains a quadratic expression in ∇f(yk)\nabla f(y_k)∇f(yk​) and ∇f(xk)\nabla f(x_k)∇f(xk​) whose sign depends on β<2s\beta<2\sqrt{s}β<2s​ and, at first, on how large kkk is. Establishing that sign uniformly over the relevant tail of the run is the central obstruction.

Formalization scope

The Lean space is a complete real inner product space. Convexity is ConvexOn ℝ Set.univ f; differentiability is explicit because the phrase “whose gradient is LLL-Lipschitz” presupposes a gradient. The existence of a minimizer is represented by a selected x∗x^*x∗ with f(x∗)≤f(z)f(x^*)\le f(z)f(x∗)≤f(z) for every zzz. Positive LLL and positive sss make s≤1/Ls\le1/Ls≤1/L meaningful. The algorithm is a predicate on sequences x,y:N→Hx,y:\mathbb N\to Hx,y:N→H, imposed from k=1k=1k=1 so no coefficient is divided by zero. The first two xxx terms are free, and y0y_0y0​ is unused. The OOO statements use the filter at infinity, so finite initial terms do not affect them; summability uses the ordinary series over natural indices.

The printed claim that (Ek)(E_k)(Ek​) is nonincreasing from its first term is false for the paper's own definitions. On H=RH=\mathbb RH=R with f(u)=u2/2f(u)=u^2/2f(u)=u2/2, L=s=1L=s=1L=s=1, α=3\alpha=3α=3, β=0\beta=0β=0, x0=0x_0=0x0​=0, and x1=1x_1=1x1​=1, one gets E1=0E_1=0E1​=0 and E2=1/8E_2=1/8E2​=1/8. The formal goal keeps eventual monotonicity, as supported by the proof on pp. 16–18. This correction is disclosed rather than treated as a new hypothesis. No energy decrease, gradient bound, or conclusion is assumed in the run predicate. The milestone definitions also specify BkB_kBk​ exactly as on p. 17. Contributions to the goal, to the extended descent lemma, or to the explicit energy estimates are all useful; the definition layer and smooth convex lemmas can serve later optimization formalizations.

Selected references

  • H. Attouch, Z. Chbani, J. Fadili, and H. Riahi, First-order optimization algorithms via inertial systems with Hessian driven damping, Mathematical Programming, 2020; arXiv:1907.10536v2, especially §3.2, pp. 15–18, and Appendix A.1, p. 34.
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Proximal Gradient Method for Nonsmooth Optimization over the Stiefel Manifold: Every Limit Point of ManPG Is Stationary, and an ε-Stationary Point Is Reached Within ⌈2L(F(X₀)−F*)/(γᾱε²)⌉ IterationsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics and signal processing ask for an orthonormal frame X∈Rn×rX\in\mathbb R^{n\times r}X∈Rn×r that is both a good fit to the data and sparse or otherwise structured. Sparse principal component analysis, compressed modes in physics, unsupervised feature selection and sparse blind deconvolution all take the form

min⁡X F(X)=f(X)+h(X)s.t.X⊤X=Ir,\min_{X}\ F(X)=f(X)+h(X)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad X^\top X=I_r,Xmin​ F(X)=f(X)+h(X)s.t.X⊤X=Ir​,

with fff smooth and hhh convex but nonsmooth, typically an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ penalty. Before the work of Chen, Ma, So and Zhang, algorithms for this class fell into three groups: subgradient-oriented methods, which solve a quadratic program over sampled subgradients in every step; proximal point algorithms, whose subproblems are as hard as the original problem; and operator-splitting methods such as SOC and MADMM. The manifold proximal gradient method (ManPG) carries the Euclidean proximal gradient method over to the Stiefel manifold. The paper shows that ManPG keeps the global convergence and the O(ε−2)O(\varepsilon^{-2})O(ε−2) iteration complexity that Riemannian gradient descent has for smooth objectives (Boumal, Absil and Cartis, 2019).

Setting

The feasible set is the Stiefel manifold

M=St(n,r)={X∈Rn×r:X⊤X=Ir},r≤n.\mathcal M=\mathrm{St}(n,r)=\{X\in\mathbb R^{n\times r}: X^\top X=I_r\},\qquad r\le n.M=St(n,r)={X∈Rn×r:X⊤X=Ir​},r≤n.

The ambient space Rn×r\mathbb R^{n\times r}Rn×r carries the Frobenius inner product ⟨A,B⟩=Tr⁡(A⊤B)\langle A,B\rangle=\operatorname{Tr}(A^\top B)⟨A,B⟩=Tr(A⊤B) and norm ∥A∥F\|A\|_F∥A∥F​. The tangent space at X∈MX\in\mathcal MX∈M is TXM={V:V⊤X+X⊤V=0}T_X\mathcal M=\{V: V^\top X+X^\top V=0\}TX​M={V:V⊤X+X⊤V=0}. The orthogonal projection onto it is Proj⁡TXM(Y)=(In−XX⊤)Y+12X(X⊤Y−Y⊤X)\operatorname{Proj}_{T_X\mathcal M}(Y)=(I_n-XX^\top)Y+\tfrac12X(X^\top Y-Y^\top X)ProjTX​M​(Y)=(In​−XX⊤)Y+21​X(X⊤Y−Y⊤X).

The standing assumptions on F=f+hF=f+hF=f+h are imposed on all of Rn×r\mathbb R^{n\times r}Rn×r:

  • (i) fff is differentiable, and its gradient ∇f\nabla f∇f is LLL-Lipschitz;
  • (ii) hhh is convex and LhL_hLh​-Lipschitz.

A point X∈MX\in\mathcal MX∈M is stationary (Definition 3.3) if

0∈grad⁡f(X)+Proj⁡TXM∂h(X),grad⁡f(X)=Proj⁡TXM∇f(X),0\in\operatorname{grad}f(X)+\operatorname{Proj}_{T_X\mathcal M}\partial h(X),\qquad \operatorname{grad}f(X)=\operatorname{Proj}_{T_X\mathcal M}\nabla f(X),0∈gradf(X)+ProjTX​M​∂h(X),gradf(X)=ProjTX​M​∇f(X),

where ∂h\partial h∂h is the convex subdifferential.

A retraction RetrX(ξ)\mathrm{Retr}_X(\xi)RetrX​(ξ) maps tangent vectors at XXX back to M\mathcal MM, with RetrX(0)=X\mathrm{Retr}_X(0)=XRetrX​(0)=X. On the compact manifold M\mathcal MM every retraction satisfies, for some M1,M2>0M_1,M_2>0M1​,M2​>0 and all X∈MX\in\mathcal MX∈M, ξ∈TXM\xi\in T_X\mathcal Mξ∈TX​M (Fact 3.6),

∥RetrX(ξ)−X∥F≤M1∥ξ∥F,∥RetrX(ξ)−(X+ξ)∥F≤M2∥ξ∥F2.\|\mathrm{Retr}_X(\xi)-X\|_F\le M_1\|\xi\|_F,\qquad \|\mathrm{Retr}_X(\xi)-(X+\xi)\|_F\le M_2\|\xi\|_F^2.∥RetrX​(ξ)−X∥F​≤M1​∥ξ∥F​,∥RetrX​(ξ)−(X+ξ)∥F​≤M2​∥ξ∥F2​.

ManPG (Algorithm 1) takes X0∈MX_0\in\mathcal MX0​∈M, γ∈(0,1)\gamma\in(0,1)γ∈(0,1) and t>0t>0t>0. In iteration kkk it solves the convex subproblem

Vk=argmin⁡V∈TXkM ⟨∇f(Xk),V⟩+12t∥V∥F2+h(Xk+V).(4.3)V_k=\operatorname*{argmin}_{V\in T_{X_k}\mathcal M}\ \langle\nabla f(X_k),V\rangle+\frac1{2t}\|V\|_F^2+h(X_k+V).\tag{4.3}Vk​=V∈TXk​​Margmin​ ⟨∇f(Xk​),V⟩+2t1​∥V∥F2​+h(Xk​+V).(4.3)

It then backtracks α=1,γ,γ2,…\alpha=1,\gamma,\gamma^2,\dotsα=1,γ,γ2,… until F(RetrXk(αVk))≤F(Xk)−α∥Vk∥F2/(2t)F(\mathrm{Retr}_{X_k}(\alpha V_k))\le F(X_k)-\alpha\|V_k\|_F^2/(2t)F(RetrXk​​(αVk​))≤F(Xk​)−α∥Vk​∥F2​/(2t), and sets Xk+1=RetrXk(αkVk)X_{k+1}=\mathrm{Retr}_{X_k}(\alpha_kV_k)Xk+1​=RetrXk​​(αk​Vk​).

A point X∈MX\in\mathcal MX∈M is ε\varepsilonε-stationary (Definition 5.4) if the solution of (4.3) at XXX with t=1/Lt=1/Lt=1/L has ∥V∥F≤ε/L\|V\|_F\le\varepsilon/L∥V∥F​≤ε/L. The proof of Lemma 5.2 uses a bound GGG on ∥∇f∥F\|\nabla f\|_F∥∇f∥F​ over M\mathcal MM and the constants

c0=M2G+LM122,αˉ=12(c0+LhM2)t.c_0=M_2G+\frac{LM_1^2}{2},\qquad \bar\alpha=\frac{1}{2(c_0+L_hM_2)t}.c0​=M2​G+2LM12​​,αˉ=2(c0​+Lh​M2​)t1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.5

For every run of ManPG:

  1. every limit point Xˉ\bar XXˉ of {Xk}\{X_k\}{Xk​} is stationary;
  2. with t=1/Lt=1/Lt=1/L, for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 some
k≤⌈2L (F(X0)−F∗)γαˉε2⌉k\le\left\lceil\frac{2L\,(F(X_0)-F^*)}{\gamma\bar\alpha\varepsilon^2}\right\rceilk≤⌈γαˉε22L(F(X0​)−F∗)​⌉

has ∥Vk∥F≤ε/L\|V_k\|_F\le\varepsilon/L∥Vk​∥F​≤ε/L and XkX_kXk​ is ε\varepsilonε-stationary.

Here F∗F^*F∗ is the optimal value of (1.1). The constant is the paper's, kept exactly.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  • Lemma 5.1: g(αVk)−g(0)≤(α−2)α2t∥Vk∥F2g(\alpha V_k)-g(0)\le\frac{(\alpha-2)\alpha}{2t}\|V_k\|_F^2g(αVk​)−g(0)≤2t(α−2)α​∥Vk​∥F2​ for α∈[0,1]\alpha\in[0,1]α∈[0,1], where ggg is the objective of (4.3).
  • (5.5): f(RetrX(αV))−f(X)≤α⟨∇f(X),V⟩+c0α2∥V∥F2f(\mathrm{Retr}_{X}(\alpha V))-f(X)\le\alpha\langle\nabla f(X),V\rangle+c_0\alpha^2\|V\|_F^2f(RetrX​(αV))−f(X)≤α⟨∇f(X),V⟩+c0​α2∥V∥F2​.
  • Lemma 5.2, split into three parts:
    • sufficient decrease for every 0<α≤min⁡{1,αˉ}0<\alpha\le\min\{1,\bar\alpha\}0<α≤min{1,αˉ};
    • well-definedness of the line search: a run exists from every X0X_0X0​;
    • the run form γmin⁡{1,αˉ}≤αk≤1\gamma\min\{1,\bar\alpha\}\le\alpha_k\le1γmin{1,αˉ}≤αk​≤1, with F(Xk+1)−F(Xk)≤−αk2t∥Vk∥F2F(X_{k+1})-F(X_k)\le-\frac{\alpha_k}{2t}\|V_k\|_F^2F(Xk+1​)−F(Xk​)≤−2tαk​​∥Vk​∥F2​.
  • Lemma 5.3: Vk=0V_k=0Vk​=0 implies XkX_kXk​ is stationary.
  • Two displays of the proof of Theorem 5.5:
    • ∥Vk∥F2→0\|V_k\|_F^2\to0∥Vk​∥F2​→0;
    • the telescoped chain F(X0)−F∗>tKε22γαˉF(X_0)-F^*>\frac{tK\varepsilon^2}{2}\gamma\bar\alphaF(X0​)−F∗>2tKε2​γαˉ when ∥Vk∥F>ε/L\|V_k\|_F>\varepsilon/L∥Vk​∥F​>ε/L for all k<Kk<Kk<K.

Significance

Theorem 5.5 is the paper's main result. It certifies ManPG as a first-order method for nonsmooth problems on the Stiefel manifold with the same O(ε−2)O(\varepsilon^{-2})O(ε−2) complexity as Riemannian gradient descent in the smooth case. When h=0h=0h=0 the bound reduces to the Boumal–Absil–Cartis rate (Remark 5.6). Later proximal methods on matrix manifolds build on this analysis. Lemmas 5.1–5.3 are the reusable steps: descent of the subproblem, sufficient decrease after retraction, and the stopping test as a stationarity certificate.

The result is proved in the paper; it is not formalized anywhere. No proof assistant library contains the convergence theory of a proximal method on a matrix manifold. The mission produces a machine-checked version of the full chain from the subproblem to the iteration bound. Along the way it builds infrastructure that Mathlib lacks: the Frobenius geometry of Rn×r\mathbb R^{n\times r}Rn×r as a trace formula, the tangent space and projection of the Stiefel manifold, and optimality conditions for convex problems restricted to a subspace.

Difficulty

The bookkeeping inequalities (Lemma 5.1, (5.5), the decrease estimate, the telescoping) are short computations once the right facts are available. The difficulty lies elsewhere.

  • Lemma 5.3 and the limit-point claim need the optimality condition of the subproblem (4.3): a subdifferential sum rule for a convex function restricted to the linear subspace TXMT_X\mathcal MTX​M, followed by the projection formula. The paper cites this condition rather than proving it.
  • The limit-point claim also needs a closedness argument. Subgradients of the Lipschitz function hhh are bounded by LhL_hLh​, so along a convergent subsequence they have a limit point that is again a subgradient. The projection X↦Proj⁡TXMX\mapsto\operatorname{Proj}_{T_X\mathcal M}X↦ProjTX​M​ must be shown continuous. The paper's proof leaves both steps implicit.
  • The well-definedness of the line search requires existence of a minimizer of (4.3), by strong convexity and coercivity on a subspace.
  • The descent lemma for fff has to be derived from the derivative along lines and the Lipschitz gradient.

A natural first idea is to restate everything for the Riemannian gradient and reuse smooth Riemannian results. That route does not work: hhh is nonsmooth, and the argument runs in the ambient space through the Euclidean subdifferential.

Formalization scope

  • Representation.
    • Matrices are Matrix (Fin n) (Fin r) ℝ.
    • The inner product is trace (Aᵀ * B) and the norm is its square root. No Mathlib matrix norm instance is used.
    • St(n,r)\mathrm{St}(n,r)St(n,r) is the published definition ProjLikeRetr.Stiefel.stiefel.
  • Assumptions.
    • fff comes with a gradient map gradf, tied to it by derivatives along every line.
    • ∇f\nabla f∇f is LLL-Lipschitz in the Frobenius norm, with L>0L>0L>0.
    • hhh is convex and LhL_hLh​-Lipschitz on the whole ambient space.
    • r≤nr\le nr≤n.
  • Retraction. The retraction is any map sending tangent vectors at points of M\mathcal MM into M\mathcal MM, with RetrX(0)=X\mathrm{Retr}_X(0)=XRetrX​(0)=X and the bounds (3.1)–(3.2). By Fact 3.6 this covers every retraction; smoothness is never used.
  • Constants.
    • GGG, M1M_1M1​, M2M_2M2​, LLL, LhL_hLh​ are parameters, each with its defining hypothesis.
    • c0c_0c0​ and αˉ\bar\alphaαˉ are the explicit formulas above.
    • F∗F^*F∗ is an attained lower bound of FFF on M\mathcal MM.
  • The run. A run of Algorithm 1 is a predicate on sequences (Xk,Vk,αk)(X_k,V_k,\alpha_k)(Xk​,Vk​,αk​). Each VkV_kVk​ minimizes (4.3), αk=γj\alpha_k=\gamma^jαk​=γj for the least passing jjj, and Xk+1=RetrXk(αkVk)X_{k+1}=\mathrm{Retr}_{X_k}(\alpha_kV_k)Xk+1​=RetrXk​​(αk​Vk​).
  • The goal's conventions.
    • A limit point is a cluster point of the sequence.
    • "Returns an ε\varepsilonε-stationary point within NNN iterations" means some k≤Nk\le Nk≤N passes the stopping test ∥Vk∥F≤ε/L\|V_k\|_F\le\varepsilon/L∥Vk​∥F​≤ε/L, with N=⌈⋅⌉N=\lceil\cdot\rceilN=⌈⋅⌉ as Nat.ceil.

Two encodings would trivialize the theorem, and the mission excludes both.

  • An unsatisfiable run predicate would make the goal vacuous. The well-definedness milestone asserts that a run exists from every X0∈MX_0\in\mathcal MX0​∈M.
  • A projection or stationarity condition that holds trivially would make the first claim empty. Stationarity uses the explicit projection formula and the convex subdifferential on all of Rn×r\mathbb R^{n\times r}Rn×r.

Lemma 5.2 as printed fixes α≤min⁡{1,αˉ}\alpha\le\min\{1,\bar\alpha\}α≤min{1,αˉ} and asserts the decrease for the accepted iterate. What its proof establishes is three separate facts: decrease at every trial stepsize α≤min⁡{1,αˉ}\alpha\le\min\{1,\bar\alpha\}α≤min{1,αˉ}, termination of the line search, and αk≥γmin⁡{1,αˉ}\alpha_k\ge\gamma\min\{1,\bar\alpha\}αk​≥γmin{1,αˉ} along a run. The mission states these three facts.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, and general lemmas such as the descent lemma for C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 functions on Rn×r\mathbb R^{n\times r}Rn×r, the optimality condition of a strongly convex problem on a subspace, and properties of the Stiefel tangent projection. Theorem numbers and pages refer to arXiv:1811.00980v2, the version read for this mission.

Selected references

  • S. Chen, S. Ma, A. M.-C. So, T. Zhang, Proximal gradient method for nonsmooth optimization over the Stiefel manifold, SIAM Journal on Optimization 30(1), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1137/18m122457x (arXiv:1811.00980v2: https://arxiv.org/abs/1811.00980)
  • N. Boumal, P.-A. Absil, C. Cartis, Global rates of convergence for nonconvex optimization on manifolds, IMA Journal of Numerical Analysis 39(1), 2019. https://doi.org/10.1093/imanum/drx080
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
12 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Euler-Maruyama Method for SDEs with Nonglobally Lipschitz Drift II: Strong Convergence of Order 1/2 Uniformly in Time for Contractive SDEsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many stochastic differential equations used in physics, biology and Bayesian sampling are ergodic: their law converges to an invariant measure π\piπ, and quantities of interest are averages π(φ)=∫φ dπ=lim⁡t→∞E[φ(Xt)]\pi(\varphi)=\int\varphi\,\mathrm d\pi=\lim_{t\to\infty}\mathbb E[\varphi(X_t)]π(φ)=∫φdπ=limt→∞​E[φ(Xt​)]. Estimating such averages by simulation requires a numerical method whose accuracy does not deteriorate as the simulated time grows. Two obstacles meet here. First, the drifts of interest (the FENE polymer model, Langevin dynamics with polynomial potentials) are not globally Lipschitz, and for such drifts the explicit Euler–Maruyama method with a uniform timestep has moments that blow up as the step tends to zero (Hutzenthaler, Jentzen, Kloeden 2011). Second, standard strong error bounds grow exponentially with the time horizon, which makes them useless for long-time averages.

W. Fang and M. B. Giles (Ann. Appl. Probab. 30 (2020) 526–560) answer both with an adaptive timestep: the step is chosen from the current state, small where the drift is large. On a finite interval they prove strong convergence of order 12\tfrac1221​; for a class of contractive ergodic SDEs they prove that the moments of the numerical solution and its strong error are bounded uniformly in time. The second result is the subject of this mission. It underlies the paper's multilevel Monte Carlo estimator for invariant measures.

Earlier work on the same problem used tamed schemes, which modify the drift instead of the step: Hutzenthaler, Jentzen, Kloeden 2012 on finite intervals and Sabanis 2016 with a time-uniform rate. An adaptive Euler–Maruyama scheme of a different form, with error control, was shown to converge and to be stable by Lamba, Mattingly, Stuart 2007.

Setting

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P) carry a filtration (Ft)t≥0(\mathcal F_t)_{t\ge0}(Ft​)t≥0​ and a ddd-dimensional standard Brownian motion WWW with respect to it. On Rm\mathbb R^mRm (Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩) consider

dXt=f(Xt) dt+g(Xt) dWt,X0=x0,\mathrm dX_t=f(X_t)\,\mathrm dt+g(X_t)\,\mathrm dW_t,\qquad X_0=x_0,dXt​=f(Xt​)dt+g(Xt​)dWt​,X0​=x0​,

with drift f:Rm→Rmf:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R^mf:Rm→Rm and diffusion g:Rm→Rm×dg:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R^{m\times d}g:Rm→Rm×d; matrices carry the Frobenius norm ∥A∥=(∑i,jAij2)1/2\|A\|=(\sum_{i,j}A_{ij}^2)^{1/2}∥A∥=(∑i,j​Aij2​)1/2.

Given a timestep function h:Rm→(0,∞)h:\mathbb R^m\to(0,\infty)h:Rm→(0,∞), the adaptive Euler–Maruyama scheme is

t0=0, X^0=x0,tn+1=tn+h(X^tn),X^tn+1=X^tn+f(X^tn)h(X^tn)+g(X^tn)(Wtn+1−Wtn).t_0=0,\ \widehat X_0=x_0,\qquad t_{n+1}=t_n+h(\widehat X_{t_n}),\qquad \widehat X_{t_{n+1}}=\widehat X_{t_n}+f(\widehat X_{t_n})h(\widehat X_{t_n})+g(\widehat X_{t_n})(W_{t_{n+1}}-W_{t_n}).t0​=0, X0​=x0​,tn+1​=tn​+h(Xtn​​),Xtn+1​​=Xtn​​+f(Xtn​​)h(Xtn​​)+g(Xtn​​)(Wtn+1​​−Wtn​​).

For t≥0t\ge0t≥0 let t‾\underline tt​ be the last grid time not after ttt. The piecewise-constant interpolant is X‾t=X^t‾\overline X_t=\widehat X_{\underline t}Xt​=Xt​​ and the continuous interpolant is X^t=X^t‾+f(X^t‾)(t−t‾)+g(X^t‾)(Wt−Wt‾)\widehat X_t=\widehat X_{\underline t}+f(\widehat X_{\underline t})(t-\underline t)+g(\widehat X_{\underline t})(W_t-W_{\underline t})Xt​=Xt​​+f(Xt​​)(t−t​)+g(Xt​​)(Wt​−Wt​​).

The hypotheses are:

  • Assumption 7 (dissipative). f,gf,gf,g are locally Lipschitz, and for constants α,β>0\alpha,\beta>0α,β>0: ⟨x,f(x)⟩≤−α∥x∥2+β\langle x,f(x)\rangle\le-\alpha\|x\|^2+\beta⟨x,f(x)⟩≤−α∥x∥2+β and ∥g(x)∥2≤β\|g(x)\|^2\le\beta∥g(x)∥2≤β.
  • Assumption 8 (timestep). hhh is continuous with values in (0,hmax⁡](0,h_{\max}](0,hmax​], and ⟨x,f(x)⟩+12h(x)∥f(x)∥2≤−α∥x∥2+β\langle x,f(x)\rangle+\tfrac12h(x)\|f(x)\|^2\le-\alpha\|x\|^2+\beta⟨x,f(x)⟩+21​h(x)∥f(x)∥2≤−α∥x∥2+β.
  • Assumption 9 (contractive). For some p∗>2p^*>2p∗>2 and λ,η>0\lambda,\eta>0λ,η>0: ⟨x−y,f(x)−f(y)⟩+p∗−12∥g(x)−g(y)∥2≤−λ∥x−y∥2\langle x-y,f(x)-f(y)\rangle+\tfrac{p^*-1}2\|g(x)-g(y)\|^2\le-\lambda\|x-y\|^2⟨x−y,f(x)−f(y)⟩+2p∗−1​∥g(x)−g(y)∥2≤−λ∥x−y∥2, ∥g(x)−g(y)∥2≤η∥x−y∥2\|g(x)-g(y)\|^2\le\eta\|x-y\|^2∥g(x)−g(y)∥2≤η∥x−y∥2, and ∥f(x)−f(y)∥≤(γ(∥x∥q+∥y∥q)+μ)∥x−y∥\|f(x)-f(y)\|\le(\gamma(\|x\|^q+\|y\|^q)+\mu)\|x-y\|∥f(x)−f(y)∥≤(γ(∥x∥q+∥y∥q)+μ)∥x−y∥ with γ,μ,q>0\gamma,\mu,q>0γ,μ,q>0.
  • Assumption 3 (refinement). For δ∈(0,1]\delta\in(0,1]δ∈(0,1] and a fixed T>0T>0T>0, the refined timestep hδh^\deltahδ satisfies δmin⁡(T,h(x))≤hδ(x)≤min⁡(δT,h(x))\delta\min(T,h(x))\le h^\delta(x)\le\min(\delta T,h(x))δmin(T,h(x))≤hδ(x)≤min(δT,h(x)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 534)

Under Assumption 9, with ggg bounded, hhh satisfying Assumption 8 and hδh^\deltahδ satisfying Assumption 3, for every p∈(0,p∗]p\in(0,p^*]p∈(0,p∗] there is CpC_pCp​ such that, with X^\widehat XX computed with timestep hδh^\deltahδ,

E[∥X^t−Xt∥p]≤Cp δp/2for all δ∈(0,1], t≥0.\mathbb E\big[\|\widehat X_t-X_t\|^p\big]\le C_p\,\delta^{p/2}\qquad\text{for all }\delta\in(0,1],\ t\ge0.E[∥Xt​−Xt​∥p]≤Cp​δp/2for all δ∈(0,1], t≥0.

The constant is fixed before δ\deltaδ and ttt; uniformity in ttt is the content of the theorem.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 3 (p. 532): under Assumption 7, sup⁡t≥0E∥Xt∥p<∞\sup_{t\ge0}\mathbb E\|X_t\|^p<\inftysupt≥0​E∥Xt​∥p<∞ for every p>0p>0p>0.
  2. (45) (p. 554): the weighted one-step inequality bounding e2αtn+1∥X^tn+1∥2e^{2\alpha t_{n+1}}\|\widehat X_{t_{n+1}}\|^2e2αtn+1​∥Xtn+1​​∥2 by e2αtn∥X^tn∥2e^{2\alpha t_n}\|\widehat X_{t_n}\|^2e2αtn​∥Xtn​​∥2 plus explicit drift, noise and martingale terms.
  3. (47) (p. 554): its partial-step analogue from t‾\underline tt​ to ttt.
  4. §6.3, Step 2 (p. 556): E[sup⁡0≤s≤teαps∥X^s∥p]≤2Cp4∥x0∥p+2Cp5eαpt\mathbb E[\sup_{0\le s\le t}e^{\alpha ps}\|\widehat X_s\|^p]\le2C^4_p\|x_0\|^p+2C^5_pe^{\alpha pt}E[sup0≤s≤t​eαps∥Xs​∥p]≤2Cp4​∥x0​∥p+2Cp5​eαpt for p≥4p\ge4p≥4, with Cp4,Cp5C^4_p,C^5_pCp4​,Cp5​ independent of x0x_0x0​ and uniform over the coefficients f,gf,gf,g (given the constants of Assumption 7) and over timestep functions.
  5. Theorem 5 (p. 533): under Assumptions 7 and 8, E∥X^t∥p<Cp\mathbb E\|\widehat X_t\|^p<C_pE∥Xt​∥p<Cp​ and E∥X‾t∥p<Cp\mathbb E\|\overline X_t\|^p<C_pE∥Xt​∥p<Cp​ for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0, with CpC_pCp​ independent of fff, ggg (given the constants of Assumption 7) and of hhh.
  6. (52) (p. 558): for p∈(2,p∗]p\in(2,p^*]p∈(2,p∗], with et=X^t−Xte_t=\widehat X_t-X_tet​=Xt​−Xt​ and an explicit function L^\widehat LL,
E[eλpt/2∥et∥p]≤2(8(p−2)pλ)p/2−1∫0tE[L^(X^s,X‾s)p/2∥X^s−X‾s∥p]eλps/2 ds.\mathbb E\big[e^{\lambda pt/2}\|e_t\|^p\big]\le2\Big(\tfrac{8(p-2)}{p\lambda}\Big)^{p/2-1}\int_0^t\mathbb E\big[\widehat L(\widehat X_s,\overline X_s)^{p/2}\|\widehat X_s-\overline X_s\|^p\big]e^{\lambda ps/2}\,\mathrm ds.E[eλpt/2∥et​∥p]≤2(pλ8(p−2)​)p/2−1∫0t​E[L(Xs​,Xs​)p/2∥Xs​−Xs​∥p]eλps/2ds.

The remaining step from (52) to Theorem 6 is a time-uniform bound E∥X^s−X‾s∥2p≤Cδp\mathbb E\|\widehat X_s-\overline X_s\|^{2p}\le C\delta^pE∥Xs​−Xs​∥2p≤Cδp, obtained as in the finite-time analysis of §6.2.

Significance

Theorem 6 says that the adaptive scheme tracks the true solution with error of order δ1/2\delta^{1/2}δ1/2 forever, not merely on a fixed window. Combined with ergodicity, it bounds the bias of long-time averages of the scheme uniformly in the averaging horizon, which is what the paper's adaptive multilevel Monte Carlo method for invariant measures (§3) needs. Theorem 5 is of independent use: it shows that the adaptive scheme preserves the time-uniform moment bounds of a dissipative SDE, a property the uniform-step Euler scheme lacks for superlinear drift.

All results here are proved in the source; none is open. To our knowledge none has a machine-checked proof. A complete formalization would give the first verified strong convergence result for an adaptive-step SDE scheme, and the infinite-horizon energy estimates (45)–(47) and the error inequality (52) would be the first verified time-uniform estimates of this kind.

Difficulty

The timestep is random and depends on the state, so the grid times tnt_ntn​ are stopping times rather than fixed numbers, and the number of steps up to time ttt is random. Standard discrete Grönwall arguments, which iterate over a deterministic grid, do not apply directly; neither does the usual argument that the scheme is an Itô process with adapted, piecewise-constant coefficients, which must be rebuilt for random grids.

The obvious route to a time-uniform bound — a finite-time bound with constant CTC_TCT​ followed by T→∞T\to\inftyT→∞ — fails because CTC_TCT​ grows exponentially. Uniformity has to come from an exponential weight (e2αte^{2\alpha t}e2αt in (45)–(47), eλpt/2e^{\lambda pt/2}eλpt/2 in (52)) that converts dissipation or contractivity into a bound that survives division by the weight, with every constant independent of ttt and of the timestep function.

Formalization scope

The state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m); diffusion values are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m × Fin d), whose norm is the Frobenius norm. Times are in ℝ≥0, grid indices start at 000, and x0x_0x0​ is deterministic. The grid is defined by recursion; the index ntn_tnt​ is the least nnn with t<tn+1t<t_{n+1}t<tn+1​ and equals the junk value 000 on the event that the grid never passes ttt (a null event under the hypotheses). Moments are lower Lebesgue integrals ∫⁻ … ‖·‖ₑ ^ p in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with real exponents, never Bochner integrals. A solution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) is a process that solves the SDE on every horizon [0,T][0,T][0,T], in the sense of the published definition SabanisEuler.Shared.IsSolution. Existential constants are placed before every quantifier they must not depend on: before ttt in Lemma 3, before fff, ggg, hhh and ttt in Theorem 5, before fff, ggg, x0x_0x0​, hhh and ttt in Step 2, before δ\deltaδ and ttt in Theorem 6. A constant chosen after ttt, or a moment that is a Bochner integral of a possibly non-integrable function, would make these statements trivial; both are ruled out. Pages are the journal's printed pages (PDF page + 525).

Two deviations from the printed text are deliberate. Theorem 6 additionally assumes ∥g(x)∥2≤βg\|g(x)\|^2\le\beta_g∥g(x)∥2≤βg​: its proof invokes Theorem 5, whose Assumption 7 contains this bound, which Assumption 9 does not imply, and the introduction (p. 527) assumes "a bounded and non-degenerate diffusion coefficient". Each hδh^\deltahδ is assumed measurable. Separately, the printed (47) has ϕ(X^t‾)=X^t‾+h(X^t‾)f(X^t‾)\phi(\widehat X_{\underline t})=\widehat X_{\underline t}+h(\widehat X_{\underline t})f(\widehat X_{\underline t})ϕ(Xt​​)=Xt​​+h(Xt​​)f(Xt​​) in its last term; the formalized inequality uses X^t‾+(t−t‾)f(X^t‾)\widehat X_{\underline t}+(t-\underline t)f(\widehat X_{\underline t})Xt​​+(t−t​)f(Xt​​), as the expansion and the source's (48) require. The undefined word "nondegenerate" in Assumption 7 is not encoded.

A full development needs the Itô formula for ect∥Yt∥pe^{ct}\|Y_t\|^pect∥Yt​∥p applied to Itô processes with random-grid coefficients, the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality, and moment bounds for Brownian increments over stopping-time intervals. These are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions of any of them, or of proofs of the deterministic inequalities (45) and (47), are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. Fang, M. B. Giles, Adaptive Euler–Maruyama method for SDEs with nonglobally Lipschitz drift, Ann. Appl. Probab. 30(2) (2020) 526–560. https://doi.org/10.1214/19-AAP1507
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong and weak divergence in finite time of Euler's method for SDEs with non-globally Lipschitz coefficients, Proc. R. Soc. A 467 (2011) 1563–1576. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2010.0348
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with nonglobally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22(4) (2012) 1611–1641. https://doi.org/10.1214/11-AAP803
  • S. Sabanis, Euler approximations with varying coefficients: the case of superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4) (2016) 2083–2105. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AAP1140
  • H. Lamba, J. C. Mattingly, A. M. Stuart, An adaptive Euler–Maruyama scheme for SDEs: convergence and stability, IMA J. Numer. Anal. 27(3) (2007) 479–506. https://doi.org/10.1093/imanum/drl032
  • D. J. Higham, X. Mao, A. M. Stuart, Strong convergence of Euler-type methods for nonlinear stochastic differential equations, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 40(3) (2002) 1041–1063. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0036142901389530
14 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

On a Perturbation Theory and on Strong Convergence Rates for Stochastic Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations with Nonglobally Monotone Coefficients: Stopped-Tamed Euler Converges at Rate 1/2Research Paper

Why strong rates for non-monotone SDEs matter

Stochastic differential equations (SDEs) dXt=μ(Xt) dt+σ(Xt) dWtdX_t=\mu(X_t)\,dt+\sigma(X_t)\,dW_tdXt​=μ(Xt​)dt+σ(Xt​)dWt​ model physical, biological and financial systems whose drift μ\muμ often grows superlinearly: the stochastic Lorenz equation, the stochastic van der Pol and Duffing–van der Pol oscillators, Langevin dynamics. Solutions are rarely explicit, so they are simulated by time-stepping schemes. For multilevel Monte Carlo methods (Giles 2008) the cost of a simulation is governed by the strong convergence rate, the speed at which ∥Xt−Yt∥Lr(Ω)\|X_t-Y_t\|_{L^r(\Omega)}∥Xt​−Yt​∥Lr(Ω)​ tends to 000 as the step size shrinks.

For superlinearly growing coefficients the classical Euler–Maruyama method diverges in LpL^pLp (Hutzenthaler, Jentzen, Kloeden 2011). Tamed schemes repair this, and rate 12\tfrac1221​ was proved for them under a global monotonicity condition: ⟨x−y,μ(x)−μ(y)⟩+p−12∥σ(x)−σ(y)∥2≤c∥x−y∥2\langle x-y,\mu(x)-\mu(y)\rangle+\frac{p-1}{2}\|\sigma(x)-\sigma(y)\|^2\le c\|x-y\|^2⟨x−y,μ(x)−μ(y)⟩+2p−1​∥σ(x)−σ(y)∥2≤c∥x−y∥2 for all x,yx,yx,y (Hutzenthaler, Jentzen, Kloeden 2012; Sabanis 2016). Most of the examples above violate that condition. Before this paper no strong rate was known for any time-discrete scheme for a multidimensional SDE with non-globally monotone coefficients.

Timeline. 2011: divergence of explicit Euler for superlinear drifts. 2012: tamed Euler, rate 12\tfrac1221​ under one-sided Lipschitz drift and globally Lipschitz diffusion. 2012–2013: strong convergence without rates for non-globally monotone SDEs (stopped and tamed schemes). 2014: this paper (arXiv:1401.0295), rate 12\tfrac1221​ for the stopped-tamed Euler–Maruyama scheme under the conditions below; published in Ann. Probab. 48 (2020).

Setting

Fix d,m∈N={1,2,… }d,m\in\mathbb N=\{1,2,\dots\}d,m∈N={1,2,…} and T∈(0,∞)T\in(0,\infty)T∈(0,∞). On a probability space with a normal filtration (Ft)(\mathcal F_t)(Ft​), WWW is a standard mmm-dimensional (Ft)(\mathcal F_t)(Ft​)-Brownian motion. Matrices A∈Rd×mA\in\mathbb R^{d\times m}A∈Rd×m carry the Hilbert–Schmidt norm ∥A∥HS=(∑ijAij2)1/2\|A\|_{HS}=(\sum_{ij}A_{ij}^2)^{1/2}∥A∥HS​=(∑ij​Aij2​)1/2. Given coefficients μ:Rd→Rd\mu:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dμ:Rd→Rd and σ:Rd→Rd×m\sigma:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^{d\times m}σ:Rd→Rd×m, XXX is an adapted continuous process with

Xt=X0+∫0tμ(Xs) ds+∫0tσ(Xs) dWs,t∈[0,T].X_t=X_0+\int_0^t\mu(X_s)\,ds+\int_0^t\sigma(X_s)\,dW_s,\qquad t\in[0,T].Xt​=X0​+∫0t​μ(Xs​)ds+∫0t​σ(Xs​)dWs​,t∈[0,T].

The taming map is ψ(v)=v/(1+∥v∥2)\psi(v)=v/(1+\|v\|^2)ψ(v)=v/(1+∥v∥2). The stopped-tamed Euler–Maruyama scheme with NNN steps is Z0N=X0Z^N_0=X_0Z0N​=X0​ and

Zn+1N=ZnN+1{∥ZnN∥<exp⁡(∣ln⁡(T/N)∣1/2)}  ψ(μ(ZnN)TN+σ(ZnN)(W(n+1)T/N−WnT/N)).Z^N_{n+1}=Z^N_n+\mathbb 1_{\{\|Z^N_n\|<\exp(|\ln(T/N)|^{1/2})\}}\;\psi\Big(\mu(Z^N_n)\tfrac TN+\sigma(Z^N_n)\big(W_{(n+1)T/N}-W_{nT/N}\big)\Big).Zn+1N​=ZnN​+1{∥ZnN​∥<exp(∣ln(T/N)∣1/2)}​ψ(μ(ZnN​)NT​+σ(ZnN​)(W(n+1)T/N​−WnT/N​)).

The whole increment, drift and noise together, is tamed, and the scheme freezes once it leaves a ball whose radius grows slowly as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞.

The conditions use a Lyapunov-type function U0≥1U_0\ge1U0​≥1 and a function U1≥0U_1\ge0U1​≥0. The generator is (Gμ,σφ)(x)=φ′(x)μ(x)+12∑jφ′′(x)(σj(x),σj(x))(\mathcal G_{\mu,\sigma}\varphi)(x)=\varphi'(x)\mu(x)+\frac12\sum_j\varphi''(x)(\sigma_j(x),\sigma_j(x))(Gμ,σ​φ)(x)=φ′(x)μ(x)+21​∑j​φ′′(x)(σj​(x),σj​(x)), where σj(x)\sigma_j(x)σj​(x) is the jjj-th column of σ(x)\sigma(x)σ(x). For partitions θ=(0=t0<⋯<tn=T)\theta=(0=t_0<\dots<t_n=T)θ=(0=t0​<⋯<tn​=T) with mesh ∣θ∣=max⁡k(tk+1−tk)|\theta|=\max_k(t_{k+1}-t_k)∣θ∣=maxk​(tk+1​−tk​), the same recursion run in continuous time on [tk,tk+1][t_k,t_{k+1}][tk​,tk+1​] defines interpolations YθY^\thetaYθ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.3

Let c,r∈(0,∞)c,r\in(0,\infty)c,r∈(0,∞), q0,q1∈(0,∞]q_0,q_1\in(0,\infty]q0​,q1​∈(0,∞], α≥0\alpha\ge0α≥0 and p,q∈[2,∞)p,q\in[2,\infty)p,q∈[2,∞) with 1p+1q0+1q1=1r\frac1p+\frac1{q_0}+\frac1{q_1}=\frac1rp1​+q0​1​+q1​1​=r1​. Let μ,σ,U1\mu,\sigma,U_1μ,σ,U1​ be C1C^1C1 with polynomially growing derivatives. Let U0∈C3U_0\in C^3U0​∈C3 satisfy U0≥1U_0\ge1U0​≥1, ∑i≤3∥U0(i)∥≤cU01−1/q\sum_{i\le3}\|U_0^{(i)}\|\le cU_0^{1-1/q}∑i≤3​∥U0(i)​∥≤cU01−1/q​, ∥x∥1/c≤c(1+U0(x))\|x\|^{1/c}\le c(1+U_0(x))∥x∥1/c≤c(1+U0​(x)) and E[eU0(X0)]<∞\mathbb E[e^{U_0(X_0)}]<\inftyE[eU0​(X0​)]<∞, and assume for x≠yx\neq yx=y

⟨x−y,μ(x)−μ(y)⟩+(p−1)(1+1/c)2∥σ(x)−σ(y)∥HS2∥x−y∥2≤c+U0(x)+U0(y)2q0TeαT+U1(x)+U1(y)2q1eαT,\frac{\langle x-y,\mu(x)-\mu(y)\rangle+\frac{(p-1)(1+1/c)}{2}\|\sigma(x)-\sigma(y)\|_{HS}^2}{\|x-y\|^2}\le c+\frac{U_0(x)+U_0(y)}{2q_0Te^{\alpha T}}+\frac{U_1(x)+U_1(y)}{2q_1e^{\alpha T}},∥x−y∥2⟨x−y,μ(x)−μ(y)⟩+2(p−1)(1+1/c)​∥σ(x)−σ(y)∥HS2​​≤c+2q0​TeαTU0​(x)+U0​(y)​+2q1​eαTU1​(x)+U1​(y)​, (Gμ,σU0)(x)+12∥σ(x)∗∇U0(x)∥2+U1(x)≤αU0(x)+c.(\mathcal G_{\mu,\sigma}U_0)(x)+\tfrac12\|\sigma(x)^*\nabla U_0(x)\|^2+U_1(x)\le\alpha U_0(x)+c.(Gμ,σ​U0​)(x)+21​∥σ(x)∗∇U0​(x)∥2+U1​(x)≤αU0​(x)+c.

Then there is C∈[0,∞)C\in[0,\infty)C∈[0,∞) such that for all N∈NN\in\mathbb NN∈N,

sup⁡n∈{0,…,N}∥XnT/N−ZnN∥Lr(Ω)≤C N−1/2.\sup_{n\in\{0,\dots,N\}}\|X_{nT/N}-Z^N_n\|_{L^r(\Omega)}\le C\,N^{-1/2}.n∈{0,…,N}sup​∥XnT/N​−ZnN​∥Lr(Ω)​≤CN−1/2.

The constant CCC is not specified. Only the rate is asserted, and that is the stable content of the result.

Milestones

In the proof's order:

  • Proposition 2.9: a pathwise Itô inequality for ∥X−Y∥p\|X-Y\|^p∥X−Y∥p between a solution and an arbitrary Itô process.
  • Theorem 2.10: the perturbation estimate, which bounds ∥Xτ−Yτ∥Lr\|X_\tau-Y_\tau\|_{L^r}∥Xτ​−Yτ​∥Lr​ by an exponential moment of the monotonicity ratio times the local errors.
  • Corollary 2.12 (= Theorem 1.2): the same estimate with LpL^pLp local errors.
  • Lemma 3.1: derivative bounds for ψ\psiψ.
  • Lemma 3.2: the error estimate on one partition for the scheme stopped at its first grid exit from a set O\mathcal OO.
  • Proposition 3.3: sup⁡t≤T∥Xt−Ytθ∥Lr≤C∣θ∣1/2\sup_{t\le T}\|X_t-Y^\theta_t\|_{L^r}\le C|\theta|^{1/2}supt≤T​∥Xt​−Ytθ​∥Lr​≤C∣θ∣1/2 uniformly over all partitions θ\thetaθ. Theorem 1.3 is its uniform-grid case.

Significance

Theorem 1.3 gives strong rate 12\tfrac1221​, and with it the complexity bounds of multilevel Monte Carlo, for SDEs with non-globally monotone coefficients. The paper's applications include the stochastic Lorenz equation with bounded noise, the stochastic van der Pol and Duffing–van der Pol oscillators, a model from experimental psychology and overdamped Langevin dynamics. The perturbation estimate, Theorem 2.10, is a separate tool. It compares a solution with any Itô process, so it also gives local Lipschitz dependence on the initial value and, in the paper's §3.2, rates for Galerkin approximations of SPDEs.

All results listed here are proved in the paper, and none has been machine-checked so far. This mission produces Lean statements of the goal and of every numbered step of its proof. The development needs Itô calculus for ∥x−y∥p\|x-y\|^p∥x−y∥p, a localization argument, exponential-moment bounds via Lyapunov functions, and calculus for the taming map. Several of these pieces are reusable well beyond this paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is Gronwall's lemma applied to E∥Xt−Yt∥p\mathbb E\|X_t-Y_t\|^pE∥Xt​−Yt​∥p. It needs the global bound ⟨x−y,μ(x)−μ(y)⟩≤c∥x−y∥2\langle x-y,\mu(x)-\mu(y)\rangle\le c\|x-y\|^2⟨x−y,μ(x)−μ(y)⟩≤c∥x−y∥2, which fails for the Lorenz and van der Pol drifts: there the one-sided Lipschitz "constant" grows with ∣x∣+∣y∣|x|+|y|∣x∣+∣y∣. The difficulty is to control a random, state-dependent Gronwall exponent ∫0t[ratio(Xs,Ys)]+ds\int_0^t[\text{ratio}(X_s,Y_s)]^+ds∫0t​[ratio(Xs​,Ys​)]+ds. That requires exponential integrability of U0(Xt)U_0(X_t)U0​(Xt​) and U1U_1U1​ along both the solution and the scheme. For the scheme it holds only because of the taming and the stopping, and only up to an error of the right order.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. States are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). Diffusion values are the published Diffusion d m, whose norm is the Hilbert–Schmidt norm the paper uses throughout. Time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​.
  • Probability model. Solutions and Itô processes are the published SabanisEuler.Shared.IsSolution / IsItoProcess. The normal filtration is right-continuity plus completion, and WWW is the published IsWienerMartingale, a Brownian motion on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). For H=RdH=\mathbb R^dH=Rd, U=RmU=\mathbb R^mU=Rm the paper's cylindrical Wiener process is exactly such a Brownian motion. All processes are hypotheses; existence is never claimed.
  • Finite-dimensional specialization. The paper states §2 for separable Hilbert spaces. Propositions 2.9, Theorem 2.10 and Corollary 2.12 are formalized for H=RdH=\mathbb R^dH=Rd, U=RmU=\mathbb R^mU=Rm, the only case the proof of Theorem 1.3 uses. Proposition 2.9 is further restricted to ε∈(0,∞)\varepsilon\in(0,\infty)ε∈(0,∞). Proposition 2.5, Theorem 1.4 and the SPDE results of §3.2 are not part of the mission.
  • Extended arithmetic. Every norm, moment and exponential moment lies in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], with 0⋅∞=00\cdot\infty=00⋅∞=0, 0/0=00/0=00/0=0, 1/0=∞1/0=\infty1/0=∞ and exp⁡(∞)=∞\exp(\infty)=\inftyexp(∞)=∞. The monotonicity ratio is computed in extended reals, so ε=∞\varepsilon=\inftyε=∞ and q0=∞q_0=\inftyq0​=∞ are allowed. Predictable processes are predictable with respect to (Ft)(\mathcal F_t)(Ft​), and stopping times are taken with respect to the completed filtration.
  • Ruling out trivial versions. The exponential-moment hypothesis is a Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], never a Bochner integral that would default to 000. Stochastic integrals are pinned down by the published Itô-integral relation, never left as free witnesses. The classes CP1\mathcal C^1_{\mathcal P}CP1​ (locally Lipschitz with polynomial constant) and CD3\mathcal C^3_{\mathcal D}CD3​ of Proposition 3.3 are not replaced by C1C^1C1/C3C^3C3. A sorry-free check confirms that the goal's hypotheses are jointly satisfiable.
  • Contributions welcome. Itô's formula for C2C^2C2 functions of two Itô processes, Burkholder–Davis–Gundy-type moment bounds for the scheme increments, and exponential-moment estimates from Lyapunov conditions (the paper relies on Cox, Hutzenthaler, Jentzen 2013). Each is reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, On a perturbation theory and on strong convergence rates for stochastic ordinary and partial differential equations with non-globally monotone coefficients, arXiv:1401.0295v1, 2014; Ann. Probab. 48(1), 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1401.0295
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with nonglobally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22(4), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1214/11-AAP803
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong and weak divergence in finite time of Euler's method for SDEs with non-globally Lipschitz coefficients, Proc. R. Soc. A 467, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2010.0348
  • S. Sabanis, Euler approximations with varying coefficients: the case of superlinearly growing diffusion coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 26(4), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1214/15-AAP1140
  • S. Cox, M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, Local Lipschitz continuity in the initial value and strong completeness for nonlinear SDEs, arXiv:1309.5595, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1309.5595
  • M. B. Giles, Multilevel Monte Carlo path simulation, Oper. Res. 56(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0496
14 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Euler-Maruyama Method for SDEs with Nonglobally Lipschitz Drift I: Strong Convergence of Order 1/2 on a Finite Time IntervalResearch Paper

Why adaptive timesteps

The explicit Euler–Maruyama scheme is the standard way to simulate a stochastic differential equation

dXt=f(Xt) dt+g(Xt) dWt,X0=x0,dX_t=f(X_t)\,dt+g(X_t)\,dW_t,\qquad X_0=x_0,dXt​=f(Xt​)dt+g(Xt​)dWt​,X0​=x0​,

on Rm\mathbb R^mRm driven by a ddd-dimensional Brownian motion. When fff and ggg are globally Lipschitz it converges strongly with order 12\tfrac1221​ in the step size (Kloeden and Platen 1992). Many models of interest in physics, chemistry and statistics have a drift that grows faster than linearly but points inwards, such as f(x)=−x3f(x)=-x^3f(x)=−x3. For these the SDE is well posed and its solution has finite moments of all orders, but the uniform-step scheme does not: for dXt=−Xt3dt+dWtdX_t=-X_t^3dt+dW_tdXt​=−Xt3​dt+dWt​, Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden proved that E∥XT∥p→∞\mathbb E\|X_T\|^p\to\inftyE∥XT​∥p→∞ as the step size h→0h\to0h→0, for every T>0T>0T>0 and p≥2p\ge2p≥2 (Proc. R. Soc. A 2011).

Several remedies have been proposed: implicit schemes (Higham, Mao and Stuart 2002; Mao and Szpruch 2013), the tamed Euler scheme (Hutzenthaler, Jentzen and Kloeden 2012), truncated schemes (Mao 2015). Fang and Giles (Ann. Appl. Probab. 2020) keep the explicit Euler–Maruyama update and change only the step: the timestep is a function of the current state, small where the drift is large. This mission formalizes their finite-time results: stability of the adaptive scheme (Theorem 1) and strong convergence of order 12\tfrac1221​ (Theorem 3).

The adaptive scheme

Let ∥x∥\|x\|∥x∥ and ⟨x,y⟩\langle x,y\rangle⟨x,y⟩ be the Euclidean norm and inner product on Rm\mathbb R^mRm, and ∥A∥=(∑i,jAij2)1/2\|A\|=(\sum_{i,j}A_{ij}^2)^{1/2}∥A∥=(∑i,j​Aij2​)1/2 the Frobenius norm of an m×dm\times dm×d matrix. Given a timestep function h:Rm→(0,∞)h:\mathbb R^m\to(0,\infty)h:Rm→(0,∞), the scheme (5) starts from t0=0t_0=0t0​=0, X^0=x0\widehat X_0=x_0X0​=x0​ and sets hn=h(X^tn)h_n=h(\widehat X_{t_n})hn​=h(Xtn​​),

tn+1=tn+hn,X^tn+1=X^tn+f(X^tn)hn+g(X^tn)(Wtn+1−Wtn).t_{n+1}=t_n+h_n,\qquad \widehat X_{t_{n+1}}=\widehat X_{t_n}+f(\widehat X_{t_n})h_n+g(\widehat X_{t_n})(W_{t_{n+1}}-W_{t_n}).tn+1​=tn​+hn​,Xtn+1​​=Xtn​​+f(Xtn​​)hn​+g(Xtn​​)(Wtn+1​​−Wtn​​).

The grid is random: it depends on the path. For a time ttt, t‾\underline tt​ is the last grid time not after ttt; the piecewise constant interpolant is X‾t=X^t‾\overline X_t=\widehat X_{\underline t}Xt​=Xt​​ and the continuous interpolant is

X^t=X^t‾+f(X^t‾)(t−t‾)+g(X^t‾)(Wt−Wt‾).\widehat X_t=\widehat X_{\underline t}+f(\widehat X_{\underline t})(t-\underline t)+g(\widehat X_{\underline t})(W_t-W_{\underline t}).Xt​=Xt​​+f(Xt​​)(t−t​)+g(Xt​​)(Wt​−Wt​​).

The hypotheses (Assumptions 1–4, pp. 528–530):

  1. Assumption 1: f,gf,gf,g locally Lipschitz, ⟨x,f(x)⟩≤α1∥x∥2+β1\langle x,f(x)\rangle\le\alpha_1\|x\|^2+\beta_1⟨x,f(x)⟩≤α1​∥x∥2+β1​ and ∥g(x)∥2≤α1∥x∥2+β1\|g(x)\|^2\le\alpha_1\|x\|^2+\beta_1∥g(x)∥2≤α1​∥x∥2+β1​.
  2. Assumption 2: hhh continuous and positive with ⟨x,f(x)⟩+12h(x)∥f(x)∥2≤α∥x∥2+β\langle x,f(x)\rangle+\tfrac12h(x)\|f(x)\|^2\le\alpha\|x\|^2+\beta⟨x,f(x)⟩+21​h(x)∥f(x)∥2≤α∥x∥2+β for some α,β>0\alpha,\beta>0α,β>0.
  3. Assumption 3: a family hδh^\deltahδ, 0<δ≤10<\delta\le10<δ≤1, with δmin⁡(T,h(x))≤hδ(x)≤min⁡(δT,h(x))\delta\min(T,h(x))\le h^\delta(x)\le\min(\delta T,h(x))δmin(T,h(x))≤hδ(x)≤min(δT,h(x)); δ→0\delta\to0δ→0 plays the role of h→0h\to0h→0.
  4. Assumption 4: ⟨x−y,f(x)−f(y)⟩≤12α∥x−y∥2\langle x-y,f(x)-f(y)\rangle\le\tfrac12\alpha\|x-y\|^2⟨x−y,f(x)−f(y)⟩≤21​α∥x−y∥2, ∥g(x)−g(y)∥2≤12α∥x−y∥2\|g(x)-g(y)\|^2\le\tfrac12\alpha\|x-y\|^2∥g(x)−g(y)∥2≤21​α∥x−y∥2, and ∥f(x)−f(y)∥≤(γ(∥x∥q+∥y∥q)+μ)∥x−y∥\|f(x)-f(y)\|\le(\gamma(\|x\|^q+\|y\|^q)+\mu)\|x-y\|∥f(x)−f(y)∥≤(γ(∥x∥q+∥y∥q)+μ)∥x−y∥.

For f(x)=−x3f(x)=-x^3f(x)=−x3 in one dimension, h(x)=min⁡(1,1/x2)h(x)=\min(1,1/x^2)h(x)=min(1,1/x2) satisfies Assumption 2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (strong convergence order, p. 531)

Under Assumption 4, with hδh^\deltahδ satisfying Assumption 3 for an hhh satisfying Assumption 2, for every p>0p>0p>0 there is Cp,TC_{p,T}Cp,T​ such that for all δ∈(0,1]\delta\in(0,1]δ∈(0,1]

E[sup⁡0≤t≤T∥X^t−Xt∥p]≤Cp,T δp/2.\mathbb E\Big[\sup_{0\le t\le T}\|\widehat X_t-X_t\|^p\Big]\le C_{p,T}\,\delta^{p/2}.E[0≤t≤Tsup​∥Xt​−Xt​∥p]≤Cp,T​δp/2.

Milestones

  • Lemma 1 (p. 529): under Assumption 1, E[sup⁡0≤t≤T∥Xt∥p]<∞\mathbb E[\sup_{0\le t\le T}\|X_t\|^p]<\inftyE[sup0≤t≤T​∥Xt​∥p]<∞ for all p>0p>0p>0.
  • (35), (37) (p. 548): one-step and partial-step energy inequalities for the projected K-scheme X^tn+1K=PK(X^tnK+f(X^tnK)hn+g(X^tnK)ΔWn)\widehat X^K_{t_{n+1}}=P_K(\widehat X^K_{t_n}+f(\widehat X^K_{t_n})h_n+g(\widehat X^K_{t_n})\Delta W_n)Xtn+1​K​=PK​(Xtn​K​+f(Xtn​K​)hn​+g(Xtn​K​)ΔWn​), PK(Y)=min⁡(1,K/∥Y∥)YP_K(Y)=\min(1,K/\|Y\|)YPK​(Y)=min(1,K/∥Y∥)Y.
  • §6.1 Step 3 (p. 550): E[sup⁡0≤t≤T∥X^tK∥p]≤Cp,T\mathbb E[\sup_{0\le t\le T}\|\widehat X^K_t\|^p]\le C_{p,T}E[sup0≤t≤T​∥XtK​∥p]≤Cp,T​ uniformly in K>∥x0∥K>\|x_0\|K>∥x0​∥.
  • Theorem 1 (p. 529): TTT is almost surely attained and E[sup⁡0≤t≤T∥X^t∥p]<Cp,T\mathbb E[\sup_{0\le t\le T}\|\widehat X_t\|^p]<C_{p,T}E[sup0≤t≤T​∥Xt​∥p]<Cp,T​, with Cp,TC_{p,T}Cp,T​ independent of hhh.
  • §6.2, after (41) (p. 553): E∥X^s−X‾s∥2p≤Cp,T3δp\mathbb E\|\widehat X_s-\overline X_s\|^{2p}\le C^3_{p,T}\delta^pE∥Xs​−Xs​∥2p≤Cp,T3​δp.
  • (40) (p. 552): the integral inequality for et=X^t−Xte_t=\widehat X_t-X_tet​=Xt​−Xt​ to which Grönwall's inequality is applied.

Significance

Theorem 1 shows that an explicit scheme, at the cost of one drift and one diffusion evaluation per step, is stable for one-sided Lipschitz drifts of polynomial growth, the class where the uniform-step scheme fails. Theorem 3 shows that refining the timestep function keeps the classical order 12\tfrac1221​. Combined with the paper's bound on the expected number of steps (Lemma 2) this gives order 12\tfrac1221​ in terms of computational cost, and the results underpin the paper's adaptive multilevel Monte Carlo estimators. The uniform-in-hhh form of Theorem 1 is what lets Theorem 3 apply the stability bound to the whole family hδh^\deltahδ.

The paper's proofs are complete on paper; none of these results has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them needs a theory of Euler schemes on a random, state-dependent grid, which is not in Mathlib and is not covered by uniform-grid formalizations of tamed or implicit schemes. The definitions here (the scheme on random times, the projected K-scheme) are reusable for the infinite-time companion mission and for other adaptive schemes.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for the uniform-step scheme bounds moments step by step, using deterministic step sizes and independent Gaussian increments. Here the step hnh_nhn​ depends on X^tn\widehat X_{t_n}Xtn​​, so the grid times are stopping times and the increments Wtn+1−WtnW_{t_{n+1}}-W_{t_n}Wtn+1​​−Wtn​​ have random length. Sums over steps become Itô integrals only after the scheme is written as the solution of dX^t=f(X‾t)dt+g(X‾t)dWtd\widehat X_t=f(\overline X_t)dt+g(\overline X_t)dW_tdXt​=f(Xt​)dt+g(Xt​)dWt​, and moment bounds for those integrals need the Burkholder–Davis–Gundy inequality on a random grid. A second difficulty is that TTT need not be reached: if h(X^tn)h(\widehat X_{t_n})h(Xtn​​) decays fast enough, tnt_ntn​ could converge below TTT. Excluding this needs a positive lower bound on hhh over bounded sets together with moment bounds, which the paper obtains by first analysing a version of the scheme projected onto a ball.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions: Rm\mathbb R^mRm is the published SDEState m (EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin m)); matrices are the published Diffusion m d, whose norm is the Frobenius norm; WWW is a standard ddd-dimensional (Ft)(\mathcal F_t)(Ft​)-Brownian motion in the sense of the published IsWienerMartingale; the SDE solution is any process satisfying the published IsSolution on [0,T][0,T][0,T] (existence and uniqueness are not claimed). Times are in [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), indices start at 000, and x0x_0x0​ is deterministic. The scheme is defined pathwise; the index of t‾\underline tt​ is a junk value 000 when the grid never passes ttt, an event of probability zero (Theorem 1). hhh and hδh^\deltahδ are real-valued and their positivity is a hypothesis; each hδh^\deltahδ is assumed measurable. Moments are [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued integrals of extended norms, never Bochner integrals. Every existential constant is chosen before the parameter it must not depend on: before δ\deltaδ in Theorem 3 and its milestones, before hhh (and KKK) in Theorem 1 and Step 3. Results the paper proves for p≥4p\ge4p≥4 inside its proofs are stated for p≥4p\ge4p≥4. Pages are the journal's printed pages (PDF page + 525).

A formalization that places the constant after δ\deltaδ, uses a deterministic grid, or allows h=0h=0h=0 would be trivially true or a different theorem; these are ruled out by the statements.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and of general facts they need (Burkholder–Davis–Gundy, moments of Brownian increments over stopping-time intervals, Grönwall's inequality for [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued functions).

Selected references

  • W. Fang, M. B. Giles, Adaptive Euler–Maruyama method for SDEs with nonglobally Lipschitz drift, Ann. Appl. Probab. 30(2), 526–560, 2020. https://doi.org/10.1214/19-AAP1507 (preprint arXiv:1609.08101)
  • D. J. Higham, X. Mao, A. M. Stuart, Strong convergence of Euler-type methods for nonlinear stochastic differential equations, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 40, 1041–1063, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0036142901389530
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong and weak divergence in finite time of Euler's method for stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Proc. R. Soc. A 467, 1563–1576, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1098/rspa.2010.0348
  • M. Hutzenthaler, A. Jentzen, P. E. Kloeden, Strong convergence of an explicit numerical method for SDEs with nonglobally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, Ann. Appl. Probab. 22, 1611–1641, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1214/11-AAP803
  • X. Mao, L. Szpruch, Strong convergence and stability of implicit numerical methods for stochastic differential equations with non-globally Lipschitz continuous coefficients, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 238, 14–28, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cam.2012.08.015
  • X. Mao, The truncated Euler–Maruyama method for stochastic differential equations, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 290, 370–384, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cam.2015.06.002
  • P. E. Kloeden, E. Platen, Numerical Solution of Stochastic Differential Equations, Springer, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-12616-5
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiency of Coordinate Descent Methods on Huge-Scale Optimization Problems 3: For Block-Constrained Problems, Uniform Coordinate Descent Has Rate n/(n + k), Linear Under Strong ConvexityResearch Paper

Motivation

Coordinate descent methods update one block of variables at a time. They are the method of choice when the number of variables is so large that even one full gradient is too expensive, while a single partial derivative is cheap: support vector machines, ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularized regression, and large sparse least-squares problems are the standard examples. Yu. Nesterov's paper Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems (CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2; journal version SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012), doi:10.1137/100802001) gave the first global efficiency estimates for randomized coordinate descent, and these estimates started a large literature on random coordinate and block methods.

Many applications carry simple constraints on each block: bounds on each variable, a simplex or a ball per block. Section 4 of the paper shows that randomized coordinate descent handles such block-separable constraints at no loss: a projected block step, chosen uniformly at random, enjoys the same O(n/k)O(n/k)O(n/k) expected rate as the unconstrained method, and a linear rate under strong convexity. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 5.

Setting

The space RN\mathbb R^NRN is split into n≥1n\ge1n≥1 blocks, RN=Rn1×⋯×Rnn\mathbb R^N=\mathbb R^{n_1}\times\cdots\times\mathbb R^{n_n}RN=Rn1​×⋯×Rnn​ with N=∑iniN=\sum_in_iN=∑i​ni​ and every ni≥1n_i\ge1ni​≥1. A point xxx is the family of its blocks x(i)∈Rnix^{(i)}\in\mathbb R^{n_i}x(i)∈Rni​, and UihU_ihUi​h is the point whose iii-th block is hhh and whose other blocks are zero. Each block carries a Euclidean norm ∥h∥(i)2=⟨Bih,h⟩\|h\|_{(i)}^2=\langle B_ih,h\rangle∥h∥(i)2​=⟨Bi​h,h⟩ with Bi≻0B_i\succ0Bi​≻0 (3.4).

The objective f:RN→Rf:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rf:RN→R is convex and differentiable, and its gradient is coordinate-wise Lipschitz (2.2): writing fi′(x)=UiT∇f(x)f'_i(x)=U_i^T\nabla f(x)fi′​(x)=UiT​∇f(x) for the iii-th block of the gradient, there are constants Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 with

∥fi′(x+Uih)−fi′(x)∥(i)∗≤Li∥h∥(i)for all x, i, h.\|f'_i(x+U_ih)-f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)}\le L_i\|h\|_{(i)}\quad\text{for all }x,\ i,\ h .∥fi′​(x+Ui​h)−fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​≤Li​∥h∥(i)​for all x, i, h.

The weighted norm is ∥x∥12=∑iLi∥x(i)∥(i)2\|x\|_1^2=\sum_iL_i\|x^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2∥x∥12​=∑i​Li​∥x(i)∥(i)2​ (3.5). The function fff is strongly convex in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ with constant σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 if f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+σ2∥y−x∥12f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\sigma2\|y-x\|_1^2f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2σ​∥y−x∥12​ for all x,yx,yx,y (3.1).

The problem is (4.1), min⁡x∈Qf(x)\min_{x\in Q}f(x)minx∈Q​f(x) with Q=Q1×⋯×QnQ=Q_1\times\cdots\times Q_nQ=Q1​×⋯×Qn​ and each Qi⊆RniQ_i\subseteq\mathbb R^{n_i}Qi​⊆Rni​ nonempty, closed and convex. Its optimal value is f∗f^*f∗, attained at an optimal solution x∗∈Qx_*\in Qx∗​∈Q. The constrained coordinate update (4.2) is

u(i)(x)=arg⁡min⁡u∈Qi[⟨fi′(x),u−x(i)⟩+Li2∥u−x(i)∥(i)2],Vi(x)=x+Ui(u(i)(x)−x(i)).u^{(i)}(x)=\arg\min_{u\in Q_i}\Big[\langle f'_i(x),u-x^{(i)}\rangle+\tfrac{L_i}2\|u-x^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2\Big],\qquad V_i(x)=x+U_i\big(u^{(i)}(x)-x^{(i)}\big).u(i)(x)=argu∈Qi​min​[⟨fi′​(x),u−x(i)⟩+2Li​​∥u−x(i)∥(i)2​],Vi​(x)=x+Ui​(u(i)(x)−x(i)).

The uniform coordinate descent method UCDM(x0)(x_0)(x0​) (4.5) draws iki_kik​ uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n} and sets xk+1=Vik(xk)x_{k+1}=V_{i_k}(x_k)xk+1​=Vik​​(xk​). Its expected objective is φk=Ef(xk)\varphi_k=\mathbb E f(x_k)φk​=Ef(xk​), the expectation over i0,…,ik−1i_0,\dots,i_{k-1}i0​,…,ik−1​. The level-set radius R1(x0)R_1(x_0)R1​(x0​) is the largest ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​-distance between a feasible xxx with f(x)≤f(x0)f(x)\le f(x_0)f(x)≤f(x0​) and an optimal solution.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

For every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

φk−f∗≤nn+k[12R12(x0)+f(x0)−f∗],\varphi_k-f^*\le\frac n{n+k}\Big[\tfrac12R_1^2(x_0)+f(x_0)-f^*\Big],φk​−f∗≤n+kn​[21​R12​(x0​)+f(x0​)−f∗],

and, if fff is strongly convex in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ with constant σ>0\sigma>0σ>0,

φk−f∗≤(1−2σn(1+σ))k(12R12(x0)+f(x0)−f∗).(4.6)\varphi_k-f^*\le\Big(1-\frac{2\sigma}{n(1+\sigma)}\Big)^k\Big(\tfrac12R_1^2(x_0)+f(x_0)-f^*\Big).\qquad(4.6)φk​−f∗≤(1−n(1+σ)2σ​)k(21​R12​(x0​)+f(x0​)−f∗).(4.6)

Milestones

  1. (4.3): the optimality condition ⟨fi′(x)+LiBi(u(i)(x)−x(i)),u−u(i)(x)⟩≥0\langle f'_i(x)+L_iB_i(u^{(i)}(x)-x^{(i)}),u-u^{(i)}(x)\rangle\ge0⟨fi′​(x)+Li​Bi​(u(i)(x)−x(i)),u−u(i)(x)⟩≥0 for all u∈Qiu\in Q_iu∈Qi​.
  2. (4.4): for feasible xxx, f(x)−f(Vi(x))≥Li2∥u(i)(x)−x(i)∥(i)2f(x)-f(V_i(x))\ge\frac{L_i}2\|u^{(i)}(x)-x^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2f(x)−f(Vi​(x))≥2Li​​∥u(i)(x)−x(i)∥(i)2​.
  3. (4.7): with rk=∥xk−x∗∥1r_k=\|x_k-x_*\|_1rk​=∥xk​−x∗​∥1​,  Eik(12rk+12+f(xk+1)−f∗)≤12rk2+f(xk)−f∗+1n⟨∇f(xk),x∗−xk⟩\ \mathbb E_{i_k}\big(\frac12r_{k+1}^2+f(x_{k+1})-f^*\big)\le\frac12r_k^2+f(x_k)-f^*+\frac1n\langle\nabla f(x_k),x_*-x_k\rangle Eik​​(21​rk+12​+f(xk+1​)−f∗)≤21​rk2​+f(xk​)−f∗+n1​⟨∇f(xk​),x∗​−xk​⟩.
  4. Footnote 2: under (2.2), the strong convexity constant satisfies σ≤1\sigma\le1σ≤1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5 shows that the cost of a constrained problem with separable constraints is, up to the projection onto each QiQ_iQi​, the cost of the unconstrained one: O(n/ϵ)O(n/\epsilon)O(n/ϵ) block steps for accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ, and O(nσlog⁡1ϵ)O\big(\frac n\sigma\log\frac1\epsilon\big)O(σn​logϵ1​) under strong convexity. The method needs no knowledge of σ\sigmaσ; the same iteration attains whichever rate applies. The Lyapunov function 12∥x−x∗∥12+f(x)−f∗\frac12\|x-x_*\|_1^2+f(x)-f^*21​∥x−x∗​∥12​+f(x)−f∗ of (4.7) needs no level-set argument, so it applies wherever the projected step is cheap.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it, or of any rate for a randomized constrained coordinate method, appears in the Prove2Me catalogue or in Mathlib. The Prove2Me catalogue holds Bubeck's scalar, unconstrained random coordinate descent results (ConvexOptAlg.CoordDescent.*) and the deterministic Tseng–Yun coordinate gradient descent; neither covers a projected block step. A formalization produces the first verified rate for a randomized method with constraints, and a reusable model of block-structured spaces, block projections and expectations over random index sequences.

Difficulty

The unconstrained analysis of the paper (Theorem 1) bounds the distance to the optimum by a level-set radius and uses the decrease f(x)−f(Ti(x))≥(∥fi′(x)∥(i)∗)2/(2Li)f(x)-f(T_i(x))\ge(\|f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)})^2/(2L_i)f(x)−f(Ti​(x))≥(∥fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​)2/(2Li​) of a gradient step. Neither carries over: with constraints the gradient at the optimum need not vanish, so the decrease of a projected step is not controlled by the gradient norm, and the unconstrained recursion φk−φk+1≥(φk−f∗)2/C\varphi_k-\varphi_{k+1}\ge(\varphi_k-f^*)^2/Cφk​−φk+1​≥(φk​−f∗)2/C is not available. A different potential is needed, and its one-step estimate (4.7) is the central milestone. For the linear rate, the contraction factor must be shown nonnegative without assuming σ≤1\sigma\le1σ≤1, which is where footnote 2 enters.

Formalization scope

RN\mathbb R^NRN is the dependent product Blocks E =∏i:Fin nEi=\prod_{i:\mathrm{Fin}\,n}E_i=∏i:Finn​Ei​, each EiE_iEi​ a finite-dimensional real inner product space whose inner product is the paper's ⟨Bi⋅,⋅⟩\langle B_i\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨Bi​⋅,⋅⟩. Indices are 0-based. The dual norm is the operator norm of linear functionals, and fi′(x)f'_i(x)fi′​(x) is the Fréchet derivative of fff composed with the block inclusion. Random draws are explicit index sequences, so φk\varphi_kφk​ is the finite average of f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) over all nkn^knk sequences of draws; no measure theory is involved.

Explicit choices where the paper is silent:

  • n≥1n\ge1n≥1, every block nontrivial (ni≥1n_i\ge1ni​≥1), and Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 are hypotheses.
  • Every QiQ_iQi​ is nonempty, and x0∈Qx_0\in Qx0​∈Q. The paper leaves both implicit; without x0∈Qx_0\in Qx0​∈Q the iterates are infeasible and φk−f∗\varphi_k-f^*φk​−f∗ can be negative.
  • u(i)(x)u^{(i)}(x)u(i)(x) is a choice among the minimizers of the block subproblem. Under the hypotheses the minimizer exists and is unique, so the choice is the paper's update.
  • R1(x0)R_1(x_0)R1​(x0​) is never computed: the theorem takes any RRR with ∥x−x∗∥1≤R\|x-x_*\|_1\le R∥x−x∗​∥1​≤R for every feasible xxx with f(x)≤f(x0)f(x)\le f(x_0)f(x)≤f(x0​) and every optimal solution x∗x_*x∗​. This is equivalent to the paper's bound when R1(x0)R_1(x_0)R1​(x0​) is finite and avoids the default value of a supremum. The level set is taken inside QQQ, the reading of the p. 7 definition for problem (4.1).
  • f∗f^*f∗ is the constrained optimum f(x∗)f(x_*)f(x∗​) for an optimal solution x∗∈Qx_*\in Qx∗​∈Q, not an unconstrained minimum.
  • Strong convexity is (3.1) on all of RN\mathbb R^NRN in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​. The linear rate does not assume σ≤1\sigma\le1σ≤1; footnote 2 derives it.
  • Printed typos are corrected in the Lean: UiTU_i^TUiT​ in (4.2) is UiU_iUi​; uiu^iui in (4.3) is u(i)u^{(i)}u(i).

A formalization in which the update is an arbitrary point of QiQ_iQi​ or an unprojected gradient step, the draws are not uniform, or f∗f^*f∗ is the unconstrained minimum, proves a different theorem and is ruled out by the definitions above.

Needed infrastructure: existence and the variational characterization of the minimizer of a strongly convex quadratic over a closed convex set (Mathlib has projections onto closed convex sets in Hilbert spaces), the block descent inequality (2.3) obtained from (2.2), and manipulation of the finite expectations over index sequences (conditioning on the last draw). The block model, the weighted norm and the expectation are shared with the other missions of this series. Proofs of the milestones, and of (2.3) as a supporting lemma, are welcome.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2, Université catholique de Louvain, 2010. https://core.ac.uk/download/6430808.pdf
  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, SIAM Journal on Optimization 22(2) (2012), 341–362. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802001
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004 (Section 2.1, cited in the proof). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • P. Tseng and S. Yun, A coordinate gradient descent method for nonsmooth separable minimization, Mathematical Programming 117 (2009), 387–423. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0170-0
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Sparsity Constrained Nonlinear Optimization: Optimality Conditions and Algorithms IV: Accumulation Points of the Partial Sparse-Simplex Method Are L2(f)-Stationary PointsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in signal processing, statistics and machine learning ask for a minimizer of a smooth loss among vectors with few nonzero entries: compressed sensing with a nonlinear measurement model, sparse regression with a non-quadratic loss, sparse phase retrieval. The common abstraction is the sparsity constrained problem

(P)min⁡ f(x)s.t.∥x∥0≤s,(\mathrm P)\qquad \min\ f(x)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \|x\|_0\le s,(P)min f(x)s.t.∥x∥0​≤s,

where fff is continuously differentiable but not necessarily convex. The constraint set is a finite union of linear subspaces, so (P) is nonconvex and in general NP-hard, and its solutions are not characterized by the classical KKT theory.

Beck and Eldar (SIAM J. Optim. 2013, arXiv:1203.4580) introduced a hierarchy of necessary optimality conditions for (P) and matched each condition with an algorithm whose limit points satisfy it. Iterative hard thresholding (Blumensath and Davies 2008) reaches LLL-stationarity for L>L(f)L>L(f)L>L(f); the greedy sparse-simplex method reaches coordinate-wise minimality, but each of its iterations calls up to O(sn)O(sn)O(sn) one-dimensional minimizations. This mission formalizes the paper's compromise between the two: the partial sparse-simplex method, which examines only two candidate moves per saturated iteration, and whose limit points are L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f)-stationary.

Setting

Vectors live in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm; eie_iei​ is the iii-th unit vector. For x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn:

  • the ℓ0\ell_0ℓ0​ norm ∥x∥0\|x\|_0∥x∥0​ is the number of nonzero components of xxx;
  • the support is I1(x)={i:xi≠0}I_1(x)=\{i: x_i\ne0\}I1​(x)={i:xi​=0}, and I0(x)={i:xi=0}I_0(x)=\{i: x_i=0\}I0​(x)={i:xi​=0} is its complement;
  • Cs={x:∥x∥0≤s}C_s=\{x:\|x\|_0\le s\}Cs​={x:∥x∥0​≤s} is the feasible set, for an integer 0<s<n0<s<n0<s<n;
  • Ms(x)M_s(x)Ms​(x) is the sss-th largest of ∣x1∣,…,∣xn∣|x_1|,\dots,|x_n|∣x1​∣,…,∣xn​∣, counted with multiplicity; Ms(x)=0M_s(x)=0Ms​(x)=0 exactly when ∥x∥0<s\|x\|_0<s∥x∥0​<s.

The objective fff is continuously differentiable and bounded below (Assumption 1, standing throughout the paper). Assumption 2 asks that ∇f\nabla f∇f be Lipschitz with some constant L(f)L(f)L(f). A constant L2L_2L2​ satisfies the local Lipschitz condition (2.15) if for every pair i≠ji\ne ji=j, every xxx and every ddd supported in {i,j}\{i,j\}{i,j},

∥∇i,jf(x)−∇i,jf(x+d)∥≤L2∥d∥,∇i,jf(x)=(∇if(x),∇jf(x)).\big\|\nabla_{i,j}f(x)-\nabla_{i,j}f(x+d)\big\|\le L_2\|d\|,\qquad \nabla_{i,j}f(x)=(\nabla_if(x),\nabla_jf(x)).​∇i,j​f(x)−∇i,j​f(x+d)​≤L2​∥d∥,∇i,j​f(x)=(∇i​f(x),∇j​f(x)).

The paper's local Lipschitz constant L2(f)=max⁡i≠jLi,j(f)L_2(f)=\max_{i\ne j}L_{i,j}(f)L2​(f)=maxi=j​Li,j​(f) satisfies it, and L2(f)≤L(f)L_2(f)\le L(f)L2​(f)≤L(f).

The projection PCs(y)P_{C_s}(y)PCs​​(y) is the set of points of CsC_sCs​ nearest to yyy. For L>0L>0L>0, a point x∗x^*x∗ is an LLL-stationary point (Definition 2.3) if

x∗∈Csandx∗∈PCs ⁣(x∗−1L∇f(x∗)).[NCL]x^*\in C_s\quad\text{and}\quad x^*\in P_{C_s}\!\Big(x^*-\tfrac1L\nabla f(x^*)\Big).\qquad[\mathrm{NC}_L]x∗∈Cs​andx∗∈PCs​​(x∗−L1​∇f(x∗)).[NCL​]

The partial sparse-simplex method (p. 25) starts at x0∈Csx^0\in C_sx0∈Cs​. If ∥xk∥0<s\|x^k\|_0<s∥xk∥0​<s, it moves to the best point xk+teix^k+te_ixk+tei​ over all iii and ttt if that strictly decreases fff, and stops otherwise. If ∥xk∥0=s\|x^k\|_0=s∥xk∥0​=s, it compares two candidates and takes the better one, preferring the second on ties:

  1. re-optimize one support coordinate: xk+Tk1eik1x^k+T^1_ke_{i^1_k}xk+Tk1​eik1​​, the best point xk+teix^k+te_ixk+tei​ over i∈I1(xk)i\in I_1(x^k)i∈I1​(xk), t∈Rt\in\mathbb Rt∈R;
  2. swap: zero out the support coordinate mkm_kmk​ of smallest absolute value and optimize along the off-support coordinate ik2i^2_kik2​ with the largest ∣∇if(xk)∣|\nabla_if(x^k)|∣∇i​f(xk)∣, giving xk−xmkkemk+Tk2eik2x^k-x^k_{m_k}e_{m_k}+T^2_ke_{i^2_k}xk−xmk​k​emk​​+Tk2​eik2​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4

Under Assumption 2, with L2>0L_2>0L2​>0 satisfying (2.15), every accumulation point x∗x^*x∗ of a sequence generated by the partial sparse-simplex method satisfies

x∗∈PCs ⁣(x∗−1L2∇f(x∗)),x^*\in P_{C_s}\!\Big(x^*-\frac1{L_2}\nabla f(x^*)\Big),x∗∈PCs​​(x∗−L2​1​∇f(x∗)),

that is, x∗x^*x∗ is an L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f)-stationary point.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.6 (Local Descent Lemma). For every ddd supported in two coordinates,
f(x+d)≤f(x)+∇f(x)Td+L22∥d∥2.f(x+d)\le f(x)+\nabla f(x)^Td+\frac{L_2}{2}\|d\|^2 .f(x+d)≤f(x)+∇f(x)Td+2L2​​∥d∥2.
  1. (4.10). If ∥xk∥0=s\|x^k\|_0=s∥xk∥0​=s, then f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥12L2max⁡i∈I1(xk)(∇if(xk))2f(x^k)-f(x^{k+1})\ge\frac1{2L_2}\max_{i\in I_1(x^k)}(\nabla_if(x^k))^2f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥2L2​1​maxi∈I1​(xk)​(∇i​f(xk))2.
  2. (4.13). If ∥xk∥0=s\|x^k\|_0=s∥xk∥0​=s, then
f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥Ms(xk)[max⁡i∈I0(xk)∣∇if(xk)∣−L2Ms(xk)]+xmkk∇mkf(xk).f(x^k)-f(x^{k+1})\ge M_s(x^k)\Big[\max_{i\in I_0(x^k)}|\nabla_if(x^k)|-L_2M_s(x^k)\Big]+x^k_{m_k}\nabla_{m_k}f(x^k).f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥Ms​(xk)[i∈I0​(xk)max​∣∇i​f(xk)∣−L2​Ms​(xk)]+xmk​k​∇mk​​f(xk).
  1. Lemma 4.1. f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥12L2max⁡i(∇if(xk))2f(x^k)-f(x^{k+1})\ge\frac1{2L_2}\max_i(\nabla_if(x^k))^2f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥2L2​1​maxi​(∇i​f(xk))2 when ∥xk∥0<s\|x^k\|_0<s∥xk∥0​<s (4.6), and f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥A(xk)f(x^k)-f(x^{k+1})\ge A(x^k)f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥A(xk) when ∥xk∥0=s\|x^k\|_0=s∥xk∥0​=s (4.7), with
A(x)=max⁡{12L2max⁡i∈I1(x)(∇if(x))2, Ms(x)[max⁡i∈I0(x)∣∇if(x)∣−max⁡i∈I1(x)∣∇if(x)∣−L2Ms(x)]}.A(x)=\max\Big\{\frac1{2L_2}\max_{i\in I_1(x)}(\nabla_if(x))^2,\ M_s(x)\Big[\max_{i\in I_0(x)}|\nabla_if(x)|-\max_{i\in I_1(x)}|\nabla_if(x)|-L_2M_s(x)\Big]\Big\}.A(x)=max{2L2​1​i∈I1​(x)max​(∇i​f(x))2, Ms​(x)[i∈I0​(x)max​∣∇i​f(x)∣−i∈I1​(x)max​∣∇i​f(x)∣−L2​Ms​(x)]}.
  1. Lemma 2.2. For L>0L>0L>0, [NCL][\mathrm{NC}_L][NCL​] holds iff ∥x∥0≤s\|x\|_0\le s∥x∥0​≤s, ∣∇if(x)∣≤LMs(x)|\nabla_if(x)|\le LM_s(x)∣∇i​f(x)∣≤LMs​(x) on I0(x)I_0(x)I0​(x) and ∇if(x)=0\nabla_if(x)=0∇i​f(x)=0 on I1(x)I_1(x)I1​(x).

Significance

The theorem shows that a cheap index-selection rule does not cost optimality strength relative to iterative hard thresholding: every limit point satisfies [NCL2(f)][\mathrm{NC}_{L_2(f)}][NCL2​(f)​], and since L2(f)≤L(f)<LL_2(f)\le L(f)<LL2​(f)≤L(f)<L, this is a stronger necessary condition than the [NCL][\mathrm{NC}_L][NCL​] guaranteed by IHT with stepsize 1/L1/L1/L. In the paper's numerical comparison (Example 3.3 contd., Table 3) the method performs much better than IHT and only slightly worse than the greedy method, at a fraction of the greedy method's cost per iteration. The decrease estimates of Lemma 4.1 are the quantitative content: they turn each iteration into a lower bound on the objective decrease in terms of the violation of L2L_2L2​-stationarity.

The results are proved in the paper; to our knowledge none is machine-checked. This mission produces a formal model of the method (with its selection rules as inequality predicates, so every run is covered), the local descent lemma for two-sparse directions, and a checked proof of Theorem 3.4. The printed proof of the case ∥x∗∥0<s\|x^*\|_0<s∥x∗∥0​<s contains two gaps (see Difficulty); a formal proof settles the argument.

Difficulty

The decrease estimates follow from the local descent lemma applied at well-chosen trial points, but passing to the limit is delicate. When ∥x∗∥0=s\|x^*\|_0=s∥x∗∥0​=s, the supports of the subsequence eventually coincide with I1(x∗)I_1(x^*)I1​(x∗) and AAA becomes continuous there; when ∥x∗∥0<s\|x^*\|_0<s∥x∗∥0​<s, the iterates along the subsequence may still have sss nonzeros, and A(xk)→0A(x^k)\to0A(xk)→0 does not by itself force ∇f(x∗)=0\nabla f(x^*)=0∇f(x∗)=0, because Ms(xk)→0M_s(x^k)\to0Ms​(xk)→0 kills the second term of AAA. The swap move optimizes along a single off-support coordinate ik2i^2_kik2​, chosen by the derivative at xkx^kxk and not at the shifted point xk−xmkkemkx^k-x^k_{m_k}e_{m_k}xk−xmk​k​emk​​ where the optimization happens. The printed display (4.19) claims the bound for the maximum over all of I0(xk)I_0(x^k)I0​(xk) at the shifted point, which the argument does not give, and the final display takes a minimum of two bounds that each hold on only one class of indices. Theorem 3.4 itself is not affected, but a complete proof cannot follow those two displays as printed.

Formalization scope

Lean works in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) (indices 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1), with fff of class C1C^1C1 and ∇f\nabla f∇f = gradient f. Conventions fixed by the formalization:

  • 0<s<n0<s<n0<s<n, so I1(x)I_1(x)I1​(x) and I0(x)I_0(x)I0​(x) are nonempty whenever ∥x∥0=s\|x\|_0=s∥x∥0​=s.
  • L2L_2L2​ is any constant with 0<L20<L_20<L2​ satisfying (2.15), read with ddd supported in {i,j}\{i,j\}{i,j}; the paper's L2(f)L_2(f)L2​(f) is one such constant. Positivity is required because (4.6), (4.10) and AAA divide by L2L_2L2​.
  • Assumption 1 and Assumption 2 (LipschitzWith Lf (gradient f)) are hypotheses.
  • The method's minimizers and maximizers are inequality predicates, not computed values; the theorem holds for every run. A STOP is modelled by xk+1=xkx^{k+1}=x^kxk+1=xk.
  • Two misprints of the printed box (arXiv v1) are corrected: "for every i∈I1(x∗)i\in I_1(x^*)i∈I1​(x∗)" is read as I1(xk)I_1(x^k)I1​(xk), and "ik1∈argmax⁡{fi}i^1_k\in\operatorname{argmax}\{f_i\}ik1​∈argmax{fi​}" as argmin, as the prose on p. 24 and the proof of (4.10) require. With the literal argmax the goal is not what the paper proves.
  • Maxima over index sets are suprema in R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​, equal to the maxima on nonempty sets.
  • "Accumulation point" is MapClusterPt xstar atTop x.
  • Theorem numbers and page numbers are those of the arXiv v1 source (arXiv:1203.4580v1), which is the file this mission cites; the published SIAM version is typeset differently.

The run predicate is satisfiable and does not force a STOP: on n=2n=2n=2, s=1s=1s=1, f(x)=(x1−1)2+x22f(x)=(x_1-1)^2+x_2^2f(x)=(x1​−1)2+x22​, the constant sequence at (1,0)(1,0)(1,0) is a run. The conclusion is the projection condition itself, not the coordinate form (2.5), so it cannot be met by an empty or degenerate reading of stationarity.

Reusable parts: the local descent lemma for two-sparse directions, Lemma 2.2 (the coordinate characterization of [NCL][\mathrm{NC}_L][NCL​], shared with the IHT mission of this series), and the order statistic MsM_sMs​. Contributions of proofs for any milestone are welcome, as is the companion result Lemma 3.3 (limit points are BF vectors without Assumption 2).

Selected references

  • A. Beck, Y. C. Eldar, Sparsity Constrained Nonlinear Optimization: Optimality Conditions and Algorithms, SIAM J. Optim. 23(3), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1137/120869778 (source used: arXiv:1203.4580v1, https://arxiv.org/abs/1203.4580v1)
  • T. Blumensath, M. E. Davies, Iterative thresholding for sparse approximations, J. Fourier Anal. Appl. 14(5), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00041-008-9035-z
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Differential GeometryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space 2: Riemannian Fletcher-Reeves Conjugate Gradient with Strong Wolfe Steps Has liminf of the Gradient Norm ZeroResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in shape analysis, computer vision, numerical linear algebra and statistics have a nonlinear search space: a sphere, a Stiefel or Grassmann manifold, a space of curves modulo reparametrization. Projecting iterates of a Euclidean method back onto the constraint set loses the geometry, so one designs methods that move along the manifold itself. Riemannian line-search methods do this by replacing the update xk+1=xk+αkpkx_{k+1}=x_k+\alpha_kp_kxk+1​=xk​+αk​pk​ with xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​) for a retraction RRR, and by carrying old search directions to the new tangent space with a transport.

Nonlinear conjugate gradient (NCG) methods are a natural candidate on manifolds: they need only first derivatives and store one previous direction. In the Euclidean case, Al-Baali showed in 1985 that the Fletcher–Reeves method with strong Wolfe step lengths and c2<12c_2<\tfrac12c2​<21​ satisfies lim inf⁡k∥∇f(xk)∥=0\liminf_k\|\nabla f(x_k)\|=0liminfk​∥∇f(xk​)∥=0 (doi:10.1093/imanum/5.1.121); Nocedal and Wright give the standard textbook proof (Lemma 5.6 and Theorem 5.7 in Numerical Optimization). Ring and Wirth (doi:10.1137/11082885X, SIAM J. Optim. 2012) transfer this analysis to Riemannian manifolds, possibly infinite-dimensional, which is the setting of their application to shape spaces. The mission formalizes that transfer.

Setting

M\mathcal MM is a smooth manifold modelled on a real Hilbert space EEE, with a Riemannian metric gxg_xgx​ on each tangent space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M and norm ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​. For f:M→Rf:\mathcal M\to\mathbb Rf:M→R, Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is its differential, a continuous linear functional on TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M with dual norm ∥Df(x)∥x\|\mathrm Df(x)\|_x∥Df(x)∥x​, and the gradient ∇f(x)∈TxM\nabla f(x)\in T_x\mathcal M∇f(x)∈Tx​M is its Riesz representative, gx(∇f(x),v)=Df(x)vg_x(\nabla f(x),v)=\mathrm Df(x)vgx​(∇f(x),v)=Df(x)v.

A retraction is a family of smooth maps Rx:TxM→MR_x:T_x\mathcal M\to\mathcal MRx​:Tx​M→M with Rx(0)=xR_x(0)=xRx​(0)=x and DRx(0)=id\mathrm DR_x(0)=\mathrm{id}DRx​(0)=id. Its transport is Tx,Rx(v)Rx=DRx(v):TxM→TRx(v)MT^{R_x}_{x,R_x(v)}=\mathrm DR_x(v):T_x\mathcal M\to T_{R_x(v)}\mathcal MTx,Rx​(v)Rx​​=DRx​(v):Tx​M→TRx​(v)​M.

A run of Algorithm 1 consists of points xkx_kxk​, directions pk∈TxkMp_k\in T_{x_k}\mathcal Mpk​∈Txk​​M and steps αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0 with xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​). With 0<c1<c2<10<c_1<c_2<10<c1​<c2​<1, the Wolfe conditions at (x,p,α)(x,p,\alpha)(x,p,α) are

f(Rx(αp))≤f(x)+c1α Df(x)p,(1a)f(R_x(\alpha p))\le f(x)+c_1\alpha\,\mathrm Df(x)p,\tag{1a}f(Rx​(αp))≤f(x)+c1​αDf(x)p,(1a) Df(Rx(αp)) Tx,Rx(αp)Rxp≥c2 Df(x)p,(1b)\mathrm Df(R_x(\alpha p))\,T^{R_x}_{x,R_x(\alpha p)}p\ge c_2\,\mathrm Df(x)p,\tag{1b}Df(Rx​(αp))Tx,Rx​(αp)Rx​​p≥c2​Df(x)p,(1b)

and the strong Wolfe conditions replace (1b) by

∣Df(Rx(αp)) Tx,Rx(αp)Rxp∣≤−c2 Df(x)p.(2)\bigl|\mathrm Df(R_x(\alpha p))\,T^{R_x}_{x,R_x(\alpha p)}p\bigr|\le -c_2\,\mathrm Df(x)p.\tag{2}​Df(Rx​(αp))Tx,Rx​(αp)Rx​​p​≤−c2​Df(x)p.(2)

The angle θk\theta_kθk​ between pkp_kpk​ and −∇f(xk)-\nabla f(x_k)−∇f(xk​) is given by cos⁡θk=−Df(xk)pk/(∥Df(xk)∥xk∥pk∥xk)\cos\theta_k=-\mathrm Df(x_k)p_k/(\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}\|p_k\|_{x_k})cosθk​=−Df(xk​)pk​/(∥Df(xk​)∥xk​​∥pk​∥xk​​).

The Fletcher–Reeves direction is

p0=−∇f(x0),pk+1=−∇f(xk+1)+βk+1 Txk,xk+1Rxkpk,βk+1=∥Df(xk+1)∥xk+12∥Df(xk)∥xk2.p_0=-\nabla f(x_0),\qquad p_{k+1}=-\nabla f(x_{k+1})+\beta_{k+1}\,T^{R_{x_k}}_{x_k,x_{k+1}}p_k,\qquad \beta_{k+1}=\frac{\|\mathrm Df(x_{k+1})\|_{x_{k+1}}^2}{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}^2}.p0​=−∇f(x0​),pk+1​=−∇f(xk+1​)+βk+1​Txk​,xk+1​Rxk​​​pk​,βk+1​=∥Df(xk​)∥xk​2​∥Df(xk+1​)∥xk+1​2​​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 15

For a non-terminating Fletcher–Reeves run with strong Wolfe steps and 0<c1<c2<120<c_1<c_2<\tfrac120<c1​<c2​<21​, if the transport is non-expansive on the search directions, ∥Txk,xk+1Rxkpk∥xk+1≤∥pk∥xk\|T^{R_{x_k}}_{x_k,x_{k+1}}p_k\|_{x_{k+1}}\le\|p_k\|_{x_k}∥Txk​,xk+1​Rxk​​​pk​∥xk+1​​≤∥pk​∥xk​​, fff is bounded below, and the pull-backs f∘Rxkf\circ R_{x_k}f∘Rxk​​ are Lipschitz continuously differentiable on span{pk}\mathrm{span}\{p_k\}span{pk​} with a uniform constant, then

lim inf⁡k→∞∥Df(xk)∥xk=0.\liminf_{k\to\infty}\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}=0.k→∞liminf​∥Df(xk​)∥xk​​=0.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2 (Zoutendijk). For Wolfe steps along descent directions, fff bounded below and the line-Lipschitz condition, ∑kcos⁡2θk∥Df(xk)∥xk2<∞\sum_k\cos^2\theta_k\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}^2<\infty∑k​cos2θk​∥Df(xk​)∥xk​2​<∞.
  2. Lemma 14. For a Fletcher–Reeves run with strong Wolfe steps and c2<12c_2<\tfrac12c2​<21​,
−11−c2≤Df(xk)pk∥Df(xk)∥xk2≤2c2−11−c2.-\frac1{1-c_2}\le\frac{\mathrm Df(x_k)p_k}{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|_{x_k}^2}\le\frac{2c_2-1}{1-c_2}.−1−c2​1​≤∥Df(xk​)∥xk​2​Df(xk​)pk​​≤1−c2​2c2​−1​.
  1. The angle sandwich (proof of Proposition 15): 1−2c21−c2∥Df(xk)∥∥pk∥≤cos⁡θk≤11−c2∥Df(xk)∥∥pk∥\frac{1-2c_2}{1-c_2}\frac{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|}{\|p_k\|}\le\cos\theta_k\le\frac1{1-c_2}\frac{\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|}{\|p_k\|}1−c2​1−2c2​​∥pk​∥∥Df(xk​)∥​≤cosθk​≤1−c2​1​∥pk​∥∥Df(xk​)∥​.
  2. Square summability: ∑k∥Df(xk)∥4/∥pk∥2<∞\sum_k\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|^4/\|p_k\|^2<\infty∑k​∥Df(xk​)∥4/∥pk​∥2<∞.
  3. Growth bound: ∥pk∥2≤1+c21−c2∥Df(xk)∥4∑j=0k∥Df(xj)∥−2\|p_k\|^2\le\frac{1+c_2}{1-c_2}\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|^4\sum_{j=0}^k\|\mathrm Df(x_j)\|^{-2}∥pk​∥2≤1−c2​1+c2​​∥Df(xk​)∥4∑j=0k​∥Df(xj​)∥−2.

Significance

Proposition 15 guarantees that Riemannian Fletcher–Reeves, with any retraction whose transport does not enlarge the search direction, cannot stall at a positive gradient level: some subsequence of the gradient norms tends to zero. Together with strict convexity in the sense of the paper's Proposition 4 this gives convergence of the iterates to the minimizer, and it justifies the use of the method on the shape spaces of the paper's §4. The hypothesis on the transport is the only new ingredient compared with the Euclidean theorem, and the paper's Remark 7 notes that convergence can no longer be guaranteed without it.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, neither Zoutendijk's theorem on a manifold nor the Fletcher–Reeves convergence theorem has a machine-checked proof; Euclidean versions of both appear elsewhere on the platform, but the Riemannian statements, with retraction, transport and tangent-space-dependent norms, are new. The mission produces the line-search interface on a Riemannian manifold (retraction, transport, Wolfe conditions) in a form reusable by other Riemannian methods.

Difficulty

Each search direction is built from a vector in a different tangent space. The transported direction DRxk(αkpk)pk\mathrm DR_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)p_kDRxk​​(αk​pk​)pk​ lives in TRxk(αkpk)MT_{R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)}\mathcal MTRxk​​(αk​pk​)​M, and only the step equation identifies it with a vector of Txk+1MT_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTxk+1​​M; norms, inner products and differentials all depend on the base point, so every Euclidean manipulation has to be carried through that identification. Zoutendijk's theorem has to connect two different descriptions of the same step: the curvature condition (1b) is stated with the differential of fff at the new point applied to the transported direction, while the Lipschitz hypothesis concerns the one-variable pull-back t↦f(Rxk(tpk))t\mapsto f(R_{x_k}(tp_k))t↦f(Rxk​​(tpk​)). They agree only because the transport is the derivative of the retraction, and the agreement is a chain rule for manifold derivatives, which has to be established in Mathlib's mfderiv framework for maps out of a tangent space. The growth bound cannot use ∥Tp∥=∥p∥\|T p\|=\|p\|∥Tp∥=∥p∥; it needs the non-expansiveness hypothesis exactly where the Euclidean argument uses the identity.

Formalization scope

The manifold is a Mathlib manifold modelled on a real Hilbert space E, with Mathlib's RiemannianBundle on its tangent spaces; tangent-space norms and inner products are the Riemannian ones and Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is mfderiv. Geodesic completeness, separability, the distance and the Levi-Civita connection, standing assumptions of the paper, are not used by any statement and are dropped. The gradient is given as a field with its Riesz property. One retraction family is used for every step (the paper allows a different retraction at each step), the steps are positive, and indices start at 000.

The following readings are explicit:

  • The Fletcher–Reeves run is assumed never to stop (Df(xk)≠0\mathrm Df(x_k)\neq0Df(xk​)=0), since βk+1\beta_{k+1}βk+1​ divides by ∥Df(xk)∥2\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|^2∥Df(xk​)∥2.
  • Descent of the Fletcher–Reeves directions is not assumed; it follows from Lemma 14.
  • "Lipschitz continuously differentiable on span{pk}\mathrm{span}\{p_k\}span{pk​} with constant LLL" is read for hk(t)=f(Rxk(tpk))h_k(t)=f(R_{x_k}(tp_k))hk​(t)=f(Rxk​​(tpk​)): hkh_khk​ is differentiable and ∣hk′(s)−hk′(t)∣≤L∣s−t∣ ∥pk∥2|h_k'(s)-h_k'(t)|\le L|s-t|\,\|p_k\|^2∣hk′​(s)−hk′​(t)∣≤L∣s−t∣∥pk​∥2, with L>0L>0L>0.
  • The hypotheses of Theorem 2 (lower bound on fff, line-Lipschitz condition), which the proof of Proposition 15 invokes but whose statement does not list, are added to Proposition 15 and to the square-summability milestone.
  • The lim inf⁡\liminfliminf is stated as: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 and NNN there is k≥Nk\ge Nk≥N with ∥Df(xk)∥<ε\|\mathrm Df(x_k)\|<\varepsilon∥Df(xk​)∥<ε; sums are stated with Summable.

The transport in the conclusion and in the Fletcher–Reeves update is the derivative of the retraction, not an arbitrary linear map; with an arbitrary map, condition (1b) would no longer be a statement about the pull-back f∘Rxkf\circ R_{x_k}f∘Rxk​​, and Zoutendijk's theorem would fail. A run predicate that no sequence satisfies would make the goal vacuous; the one-dimensional run M=R\mathcal M=\mathbb RM=R, Rx(v)=x+vR_x(v)=x+vRx​(v)=x+v, f(x)=x2/2f(x)=x^2/2f(x)=x2/2, c1=0.1c_1=0.1c1​=0.1, c2=0.45c_2=0.45c2​=0.45, xk+1=0.4xkx_{k+1}=0.4x_kxk+1​=0.4xk​ satisfies every hypothesis.

The paper's other main result, R-linear convergence of Riemannian BFGS (Proposition 10), is a separate mission, and its superlinear-rate results (Propositions 5, 7, 8, 12, Corollary 13), which require parallel transport and the exponential map, are out of scope. Contributions welcome: proofs of the chain rule identities for retractions (reusable for any Riemannian line search), of Zoutendijk's theorem, and of the milestones in order.

Selected references

  • W. Ring, B. Wirth, Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space, SIAM J. Optim. 22(2), 596–627, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/11082885X
  • M. Al-Baali, Descent property and global convergence of the Fletcher–Reeves method with inexact line search, IMA J. Numer. Anal. 5(1), 121–124, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1093/imanum/5.1.121
  • J. Nocedal, S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006 (Lemma 5.6, Theorem 5.7). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-40065-5
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiency of Coordinate Descent Methods on Huge-Scale Optimization Problems 2: On a Regularized Objective, RCDM(1, x₀) Finds an ε-Solution with Probability ≥ β Within the Iteration Bound (3.11)Research Paper

Motivation

Randomized coordinate descent updates one block of variables per iteration, chosen at random. For problems whose dimension makes even one full gradient expensive (the "huge-scale" problems of the title, such as sparse least squares or truss topology design), a coordinate step can cost a tiny fraction of a gradient step. Nesterov's paper (CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2; journal version SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012) 341–362) gave the first global complexity bounds for such methods with non-uniform sampling, and it is the reference point for the later literature on randomized block methods (Richtárik and Takáč 2014, Lu and Xiao 2015, Allen-Zhu et al. 2016).

The first results of the paper (Theorem 1, the subject of a companion mission) bound the expected objective value after k iterations. An expected bound does not say what happens in a single run. This mission formalizes the paper's answer to that question in §3: by running the method on a slightly regularized objective, one run returns an ε-solution with any prescribed probability β, after a number of iterations that grows only logarithmically in 1/(1 − β).

Setting

The variable space is a product RN=Rn1×⋯×Rnn\mathbb R^N=\mathbb R^{n_1}\times\cdots\times\mathbb R^{n_n}RN=Rn1​×⋯×Rnn​ of n≥1n\ge1n≥1 blocks; a point xxx has blocks x(i)x^{(i)}x(i), and UihU_ihUi​h is the point whose iii-th block is hhh and whose other blocks vanish. In this mission each block carries a Euclidean norm ∥h(i)∥(i)2=⟨Bih(i),h(i)⟩\|h^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2=\langle B_ih^{(i)},h^{(i)}\rangle∥h(i)∥(i)2​=⟨Bi​h(i),h(i)⟩ with Bi≻0B_i\succ0Bi​≻0 (3.4), and the whole space carries

∥h∥02=∑i=1n∥h(i)∥(i)2,∥g∥0∗=[∑i=1n(∥g(i)∥(i)∗)2]1/2.\|h\|_0^2=\sum_{i=1}^n\|h^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^2,\qquad \|g\|_0^*=\Big[\sum_{i=1}^n\big(\|g^{(i)}\|_{(i)}^*\big)^2\Big]^{1/2}.∥h∥02​=i=1∑n​∥h(i)∥(i)2​,∥g∥0∗​=[i=1∑n​(∥g(i)∥(i)∗​)2]1/2.

The objective f:RN→Rf:\mathbb R^N\to\mathbb Rf:RN→R is convex and differentiable, has a minimizer x∗x_*x∗​ with value f∗f^*f∗, and its partial gradients fi′(x)=UiT∇f(x)f'_i(x)=U_i^T\nabla f(x)fi′​(x)=UiT​∇f(x) are Lipschitz along their own block with constants Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 (2.2): ∥fi′(x+Uih)−fi′(x)∥(i)∗≤Li∥h∥(i)\|f'_i(x+U_ih)-f'_i(x)\|^*_{(i)}\le L_i\|h\|_{(i)}∥fi′​(x+Ui​h)−fi′​(x)∥(i)∗​≤Li​∥h∥(i)​. Write Sα=∑iLiαS_\alpha=\sum_iL_i^\alphaSα​=∑i​Liα​.

The method RCDM(α,x0)(\alpha,x_0)(α,x0​) (2.6) draws, independently at each step, block iii with probability Liα/SαL_i^\alpha/S_\alphaLiα​/Sα​ and replaces xxx by Ti(x)=x−1LiUifi′(x)#T_i(x)=x-\frac1{L_i}U_if'_i(x)^\#Ti​(x)=x−Li​1​Ui​fi′​(x)#, where s#s^\#s# is a maximizer of ⟨s,x⟩−12∥x∥2\langle s,x\rangle-\frac12\|x\|^2⟨s,x⟩−21​∥x∥2 (1.8). The quantity ϕk\phi_kϕk​ is the expectation of f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) over the first kkk draws.

The level-set radius is R0(x0)=max⁡x{max⁡x∗∥x−x∗∥0:f(x)≤f(x0)}R_0(x_0)=\max_x\{\max_{x_*}\|x-x_*\|_0: f(x)\le f(x_0)\}R0​(x0​)=maxx​{maxx∗​​∥x−x∗​∥0​:f(x)≤f(x0​)}, and for μ>0\mu>0μ>0 the regularized objective is

fμ(x)=f(x)+μ2∥x−x0∥02.f_\mu(x)=f(x)+\frac\mu2\|x-x_0\|_0^2 .fμ​(x)=f(x)+2μ​∥x−x0​∥02​.

It has block constants Li+μL_i+\muLi​+μ, so RCDM(1,x0)(1,x_0)(1,x0​) applied to fμf_\mufμ​ samples block iii with probability (Li+μ)/(S1+nμ)(L_i+\mu)/(S_1+n\mu)(Li​+μ)/(S1​+nμ) and steps with 1/(Li+μ)1/(L_i+\mu)1/(Li​+μ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 11)

For ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1), μ=ϵ/(4R02(x0))\mu=\epsilon/(4R_0^2(x_0))μ=ϵ/(4R02​(x0​)) and

k ≥ 2[n+4S1R02(x0)ϵ](ln⁡11−β+ln⁡(12+2S1R02(x0)ϵ)),k\ \ge\ 2\Big[n+\frac{4S_1R_0^2(x_0)}{\epsilon}\Big]\Big(\ln\frac1{1-\beta}+\ln\Big(\frac12+\frac{2S_1R_0^2(x_0)}{\epsilon}\Big)\Big),k ≥ 2[n+ϵ4S1​R02​(x0​)​](ln1−β1​+ln(21​+ϵ2S1​R02​(x0​)​)),

the point xkx_kxk​ produced by RCDM(1,x0)(1,x_0)(1,x0​) on fμf_\mufμ​ satisfies

Prob(f(xk)−f∗≤ϵ)≥β.\mathrm{Prob}\big(f(x_k)-f^*\le\epsilon\big)\ge\beta .Prob(f(xk​)−f∗≤ϵ)≥β.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2 (p. 9), for arbitrary block norms: if fff is σ\sigmaσ-strongly convex in ∥⋅∥1−α\|\cdot\|_{1-\alpha}∥⋅∥1−α​, then ϕk−f∗≤(1−σ/Sα)k(f(x0)−f∗)\phi_k-f^*\le(1-\sigma/S_\alpha)^k(f(x_0)-f^*)ϕk​−f∗≤(1−σ/Sα​)k(f(x0​)−f∗).
  2. The constants of fμf_\mufμ​ (p. 11): fμf_\mufμ​ is μ\muμ-strongly convex in ∥⋅∥0\|\cdot\|_0∥⋅∥0​, has block constants Li+μL_i+\muLi​+μ, so that S1(fμ)=S1(f)+nμS_1(f_\mu)=S_1(f)+n\muS1​(fμ​)=S1​(f)+nμ, and its gradient is (S1(f)+μ)(S_1(f)+\mu)(S1​(f)+μ)-Lipschitz in ∥⋅∥0\|\cdot\|_0∥⋅∥0​.
  3. Lemma 4 (p. 11): E ∥∇fμ(xk)∥0∗≤[2(S1+μ)(f(x0)−f∗)(1−μ/(S1+nμ))k]1/2\mathbb E\,\|\nabla f_\mu(x_k)\|_0^*\le\big[2(S_1+\mu)(f(x_0)-f^*)(1-\mu/(S_1+n\mu))^k\big]^{1/2}E∥∇fμ​(xk​)∥0∗​≤[2(S1​+μ)(f(x0​)−f∗)(1−μ/(S1​+nμ))k]1/2.

Significance

Theorem 4 turns an in-expectation guarantee into a single-run guarantee with an explicit, non-asymptotic iteration count. Its dependence on the confidence level is logarithmic, so very high confidence costs little; and the count O((n+S1R02/ϵ)log⁡(1/ϵ))O\big((n+S_1R_0^2/\epsilon)\log(1/\epsilon)\big)O((n+S1​R02​/ϵ)log(1/ϵ)) replaces the largest eigenvalue of the Hessian, which governs the full gradient method, by the trace-type quantity S1S_1S1​, which for sparse problems makes groups of nnn coordinate steps competitive with one gradient step. Theorem 2 is the linear-rate result for strongly convex objectives that later analyses of randomized block methods take as their starting point.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them is formalized in the block setting. The scalar Euclidean case ni=1n_i=1ni​=1 of Theorem 2 is proved on Prove2Me as ConvexOptAlg.CoordDescent.theorem_6_8 (Bubeck, Theorem 6.8), and the bound (3.2), f(x)−f∗≤12σ(∥∇f(x)∥∗)2f(x)-f^*\le\frac1{2\sigma}(\|\nabla f(x)\|^*)^2f(x)−f∗≤2σ1​(∥∇f(x)∥∗)2 for a σ\sigmaσ-strongly convex fff in any norm, is proved as ConvexOptAlg.CoordDescent.lemma_6_9. This mission adds block variables with general norms (Theorem 2), the regularization constants, the gradient-norm bound, and the high-probability statement itself, which has no formalized counterpart.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails. Theorem 2 controls the expected suboptimality of fμf_\mufμ​, not of fff, and Markov's inequality applied to fμ(xk)−fμ∗f_\mu(x_k)-f_\mu^*fμ​(xk​)−fμ∗​ does not reach accuracy ε: fμ∗f_\mu^*fμ∗​ and f∗f^*f∗ differ by an amount comparable to ε, and the contraction factor itself depends on μ. Relating the run on fμf_\mufμ​ to the original problem requires the global Lipschitz constant of ∇fμ\nabla f_\mu∇fμ​ in ∥⋅∥0\|\cdot\|_0∥⋅∥0​, which for fff is the weighted co-coercivity statement of Lemma 2 of the paper and is not a consequence of (2.2) alone without convexity. The constants of (3.11) are exact, including the factor 2 and the ½, so no estimate may lose a constant. Finally, the iterates depend on all previous draws, so even the finite-sum expectations need a careful account of linearity and of conditioning on the last draw.

Formalization scope

  • RN\mathbb R^NRN is the dependent product Blocks E of finite-dimensional real spaces E i indexed by Fin n (0-based for the paper's 1, …, n). Euclidean blocks (3.4) are inner-product spaces, with BiB_iBi​ absorbed into the inner product; Theorem 2 is stated for arbitrary normed blocks. The dual norm of a block is the operator norm of a functional.
  • The draws are explicit sequences Fin k → Fin n; expectations and probabilities are finite sums weighted by ∏sp(is)\prod_sp(i_s)∏s​p(is​). No measure theory is involved.
  • The vectors s#s^\#s# are an arbitrary selection satisfying (1.8); the theorems hold for every selection.
  • R0(x0)R_0(x_0)R0​(x0​) is replaced by any positive upper bound RRR (every point of the level set within RRR of every minimizer), and μ=ϵ/(4R2)\mu=\epsilon/(4R^2)μ=ϵ/(4R2) is defined from it. The paper's theorem is the case R=R0(x0)R=R_0(x_0)R=R0​(x0​); R>0R>0R>0 excludes the case R0(x0)=0R_0(x_0)=0R0​(x0​)=0, in which the paper's μ is undefined.
  • Explicit hypotheses the paper leaves implicit: n≥1n\ge1n≥1, Li>0L_i>0Li​>0, fff convex and differentiable, existence of a minimizer, and ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1) (fixed on p. 10).
  • The paper prints Theorem 2's left side as ϕk−ϕ∗\phi_k-\phi^*ϕk​−ϕ∗; the statement uses ϕk−f∗\phi_k-f^*ϕk​−f∗, which is what its proof establishes.
  • The run in Theorem 4 and Lemma 4 is on fμf_\mufμ​ with fμf_\mufμ​'s constants Li+μL_i+\muLi​+μ (step and sampling); the event of Theorem 4 is about fff and f∗f^*f∗ of the original problem. Running RCDM with fff's constants LiL_iLi​, or stating the event for fμf_\mufμ​, would be a different theorem.
  • Lemma 3 and Theorem 3 (the variant in the norm ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​) are not posed: applied to fμf_\mufμ​ with constants (1+μ)Li(1+\mu)L_i(1+μ)Li​, Theorem 2 gives a contraction factor weaker than the printed 1−μ/n1-\mu/n1−μ/n, and the paper's argument does not establish them as printed.

Contributions are welcome on the probabilistic bookkeeping for expect (normalization, linearity, conditioning on the last draw, Jensen for a concave function), which is reusable by every mission of this series; on Lemma 2 of the paper in the block setting; and on the milestones in the stated order.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2, Université catholique de Louvain, 2010. https://core.ac.uk/download/6430808.pdf
  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, SIAM Journal on Optimization 22(2), 341–362, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802001
  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4), 231–357, 2015, §6.4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
  • P. Richtárik and M. Takáč, Iteration complexity of randomized block-coordinate descent methods for minimizing a composite function, Mathematical Programming 144, 1–38, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0614-z
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Differential GeometryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space 1: Riemannian BFGS with Isometric Vector Transport Converges R-Linearly under Uniform ConvexityResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization problems in shape analysis, computer vision, numerical linear algebra and statistics have a feasible set that is not a vector space but a Riemannian manifold: spaces of curves modulo reparametrization, the Stiefel and Grassmann manifolds, fixed-rank matrices. On such a set the classical recipe "add a multiple of the search direction to the iterate" is not available, and line-search methods replace it by a retraction, a map that follows a tangent direction back onto the manifold (Absil, Mahony, Sepulchre 2008).

Quasi-Newton methods are the most widely used line-search methods in the Euclidean setting, and BFGS is the most popular of them. Transferring BFGS to a manifold raises a specific problem: the Hessian approximation BkB_kBk​ lives on the tangent space at xkx_kxk​, while the next one must live on the tangent space at xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​, so a vector transport TkT_kTk​ between tangent spaces enters the update.

Timeline:

  • Gabay (1982) proposed a Riemannian BFGS update with geodesics and parallel transport (doi:10.1007/BF00934767).
  • Absil, Mahony and Sepulchre (2008) and Qi, Gallivan and Absil (2010) generalized it to arbitrary retractions and vector transports.
  • Ring and Wirth (2012), the source of this mission, proved global convergence and an R-linear rate for transported BFGS on possibly infinite-dimensional Riemannian manifolds, assuming that the transports are isometries (doi:10.1137/11082885X).
  • Later work by Huang, Gallivan and Absil (2015) relaxed the conditions on the transport (doi:10.1137/140955483).

Setting

Let M\mathcal MM be a smooth manifold modelled on a real Hilbert space EEE, with a Riemannian inner product gxg_xgx​ and norm ∥⋅∥x\|\cdot\|_x∥⋅∥x​ on each tangent space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M. For f:M→Rf:\mathcal M\to\mathbb Rf:M→R, Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is its differential, a functional on TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M with dual norm ∥Df(x)∥x\|\mathrm Df(x)\|_x∥Df(x)∥x​.

A retraction is a family of smooth maps Rx:TxM→MR_x:T_x\mathcal M\to\mathcal MRx​:Tx​M→M with Rx(0)=xR_x(0)=xRx​(0)=x and DRx(0)=id\mathrm DR_x(0)=\mathrm{id}DRx​(0)=id. Write fRx=f∘Rxf_{R_x}=f\circ R_xfRx​​=f∘Rx​, a function on the vector space TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M, with derivatives DfRx\mathrm Df_{R_x}DfRx​​ and D2fRx\mathrm D^2f_{R_x}D2fRx​​.

Algorithm 1 produces iterates xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​). The step αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0 satisfies the Wolfe conditions with 0<c1<c2<10<c_1<c_2<10<c1​<c2​<1:

f(Rx(αp))≤f(x)+c1α Df(x)p,Df(Rx(αp)) DRx(αp) p ≥ c2 Df(x)p.f(R_x(\alpha p))\le f(x)+c_1\alpha\,\mathrm Df(x)p,\qquad \mathrm Df(R_x(\alpha p))\,\mathrm DR_x(\alpha p)\,p\ \ge\ c_2\,\mathrm Df(x)p.f(Rx​(αp))≤f(x)+c1​αDf(x)p,Df(Rx​(αp))DRx​(αp)p ≥ c2​Df(x)p.

The BFGS direction solves Bk(pk,⋅)=−Df(xk)B_k(p_k,\cdot)=-\mathrm Df(x_k)Bk​(pk​,⋅)=−Df(xk​) for a bounded bilinear form BkB_kBk​ on TxkMT_{x_k}\mathcal MTxk​​M. With sk=αkpks_k=\alpha_kp_ksk​=αk​pk​ and yk=DfRxk(sk)−DfRxk(0)y_k=\mathrm Df_{R_{x_k}}(s_k)-\mathrm Df_{R_{x_k}}(0)yk​=DfRxk​​​(sk​)−DfRxk​​​(0), the next form is defined on Txk+1MT_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTxk+1​​M through an invertible linear map Tk:TxkM→Txk+1MT_k:T_{x_k}\mathcal M\to T_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTk​:Txk​​M→Txk+1​​M:

Bk+1(Tkv,Tkw)=Bk(v,w)−Bk(sk,v)Bk(sk,w)Bk(sk,sk)+(ykv)(ykw)yksk.B_{k+1}(T_kv,T_kw)=B_k(v,w)-\frac{B_k(s_k,v)B_k(s_k,w)}{B_k(s_k,s_k)}+\frac{(y_kv)(y_kw)}{y_ks_k}.Bk+1​(Tk​v,Tk​w)=Bk​(v,w)−Bk​(sk​,sk​)Bk​(sk​,v)Bk​(sk​,w)​+yk​sk​(yk​v)(yk​w)​.

The analysis uses the angle cos⁡θk=Bk(sk,sk)/(∥sk∥ ∥Bk(sk,⋅)∥)\cos\theta_k=B_k(s_k,s_k)/(\|s_k\|\,\|B_k(s_k,\cdot)\|)cosθk​=Bk​(sk​,sk​)/(∥sk​∥∥Bk​(sk​,⋅)∥) and the Rayleigh quotient qk=Bk(sk,sk)/∥sk∥2q_k=B_k(s_k,s_k)/\|s_k\|^2qk​=Bk​(sk​,sk​)/∥sk​∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 10

Assume:

  • the TkT_kTk​ are isometries;
  • B0B_0B0​ is symmetric and coercive;
  • for 0<m<M0<m<M0<m<M and every kkk, the set Sk=Rxk−1({f≤f(x0)})S_k=R_{x_k}^{-1}(\{f\le f(x_0)\})Sk​=Rxk​−1​({f≤f(x0​)}) is convex and m∥v∥2≤D2fRxk(p)(v,v)≤M∥v∥2m\|v\|^2\le\mathrm D^2f_{R_{x_k}}(p)(v,v)\le M\|v\|^2m∥v∥2≤D2fRxk​​​(p)(v,v)≤M∥v∥2 for p∈Skp\in S_kp∈Sk​;
  • x∗x^*x∗ is a minimizer of fff that every RxkR_{x_k}Rxk​​ reaches.

Then there is 0<μ<10<\mu<10<μ<1 with

f(xk+1)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0)−f(x∗))∀k∈N.f(x_{k+1})-f(x^*)\le\mu^{k+1}\big(f(x_0)-f(x^*)\big)\qquad\forall k\in\mathbb N.f(xk+1​)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0​)−f(x∗))∀k∈N.

The rate μ\muμ is not specified: the goal asserts only R-linear convergence, the shape of the result.

Milestones, in proof order

  1. Lemma 9. If ∥Tk∥\|T_k\|∥Tk​∥ and ∥Tk−1∥\|T_k^{-1}\|∥Tk−1​∥ are uniformly bounded and B0B_0B0​ is (symmetric and) coercive, then yksk>0y_ks_k>0yk​sk​>0 and every BkB_kBk​ is coercive.
  2. Curvature-pair bounds. ∥yk∥2/(yksk)≤M\|y_k\|^2/(y_ks_k)\le M∥yk​∥2/(yk​sk​)≤M and yksk/∥sk∥2≥my_ks_k/\|s_k\|^2\ge myk​sk​/∥sk​∥2≥m.
  3. Good indices. For every 0<r<10<r<10<r<1 there are κ,ρ,σ>0\kappa,\rho,\sigma>0κ,ρ,σ>0 such that every kkk has at least ⌊r(k+1)⌋\lfloor r(k+1)\rfloor⌊r(k+1)⌋ indices i≤ki\le ki≤k with cos⁡θi≥κ\cos\theta_i\ge\kappacosθi​≥κ and ρ≤qi/cos⁡θi≤σ\rho\le q_i/\cos\theta_i\le\sigmaρ≤qi​/cosθi​≤σ.
  4. Step-length bound. αi≥1−c2Mqi\alpha_i\ge\frac{1-c_2}{M}q_iαi​≥M1−c2​​qi​.
  5. Gradient dominance. f(x)−f(x∗)≤∥Df(x)∥2/(2m)f(x)-f(x^*)\le\|\mathrm Df(x)\|^2/(2m)f(x)−f(x∗)≤∥Df(x)∥2/(2m) on the sublevel set.
  6. Rate display. Given milestone 3's constants,
f(xk+1)−f(x∗)≤(1−1−c2Mc1κ2ρσ2m)⌊r(k+1)⌋(f(x0)−f(x∗)).f(x_{k+1})-f(x^*)\le\Big(1-\tfrac{1-c_2}{M}c_1\tfrac{\kappa^2\rho}{\sigma}2m\Big)^{\lfloor r(k+1)\rfloor}\big(f(x_0)-f(x^*)\big).f(xk+1​)−f(x∗)≤(1−M1−c2​​c1​σκ2ρ​2m)⌊r(k+1)⌋(f(x0​)−f(x∗)).

Significance

The result. Proposition 10 is a global convergence guarantee for a quasi-Newton method on manifolds, with no restriction to a neighbourhood of the minimizer and no finite-dimensionality. It applies to Riemannian shape spaces of curves, where the paper's numerical experiments take place. The paper's superlinear-rate theory (Proposition 12, Corollary 13) starts from this linear rate.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper but has not been machine-checked. A formal proof also checks the delicate points of the infinite-dimensional argument, in particular the use of traces and Fredholm determinants of trace-class perturbations of the identity. The statement as printed needs a correction: the printed bound f(xk)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0)−f(x∗))f(x_k)-f(x^*)\le\mu^{k+1}(f(x_0)-f(x^*))f(xk​)−f(x∗)≤μk+1(f(x0​)−f(x∗)) fails at k=0k=0k=0, and the formal goal bounds f(xk+1)f(x_{k+1})f(xk+1​), as the appendix's own final display does.

Difficulty

The Euclidean proof idea of bounding the eigenvalues of BkB_kBk​ uniformly does not work for BFGS: those eigenvalues are not uniformly controlled. The Byrd–Nocedal argument replaces them by trace and determinant estimates, which show that a fixed fraction of the iterations have well-conditioned angles. In infinite dimensions the trace and the determinant of BkB_kBk​ do not exist. One must work with AkB^kAk−idA_k\hat B_kA_k-\mathrm{id}Ak​B^k​Ak​−id, which is trace class, and with the Fredholm determinant, and show that isometric transports leave these quantities invariant. That invariance is exactly where the isometry hypothesis enters. Lemma 9 is also not a finite-dimensional triviality: positive definiteness of Bk+1B_{k+1}Bk+1​ does not give coercivity, and a separate compactness-free argument is needed.

Formalization scope

The manifold is a Mathlib ChartedSpace E M, with EEE a complete real inner-product space, IsManifold 𝓘(ℝ, E) ∞ M, and a RiemannianBundle on TangentSpace 𝓘(ℝ, E). Every norm on a tangent space is the Riemannian one. Df(x)\mathrm Df(x)Df(x) is mfderiv, read as a functional on TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M, and its norm is the operator norm.

Committed conventions and explicit readings:

  • One retraction family RRR for all kkk. The paper allows a different retraction per step.
  • Smoothness of RxR_xRx​ is stated for the map out of the model space EEE, which carries the topology of TxMT_x\mathcal MTx​M.
  • The run equation xk+1=Rxk(αkpk)x_{k+1}=R_{x_k}(\alpha_kp_k)xk+1​=Rxk​​(αk​pk​) is an explicit hypothesis: it is what identifies Txk+1MT_{x_{k+1}}\mathcal MTxk+1​​M with the tangent space at the new point. The BkB_kBk​ and TkT_kTk​ (as continuous linear equivalences) are data constrained by the update formula.
  • Regularity and non-termination: αk>0\alpha_k>0αk​>0, fff differentiable, fRxkf_{R_{x_k}}fRxk​​​ of class C2C^2C2, and Df(xk)≠0\mathrm Df(x_k)\neq0Df(xk​)=0 for all kkk. Only runs that never stop are covered.
  • Symmetry of B0B_0B0​ is assumed in Lemma 9 as well. The lemma's proof uses it, and without it the first update can lose coercivity.
  • Convexity of SkS_kSk​ is part of "uniformly convex on the sublevel set". Without it, a double-well function whose sublevel set has two strongly convex components is a counterexample.
  • Reachability of x∗x^*x∗ by every RxkR_{x_k}Rxk​​ is assumed, since the appendix uses Rxk−1(x∗)R_{x_k}^{-1}(x^*)Rxk​−1​(x∗).
  • Dropped assumptions: geodesic completeness, separability, the distance and the Levi-Civita connection are not used and are dropped.
  • Corrected index: the rate display and the goal bound f(xk+1)f(x_{k+1})f(xk+1​), because the decrease obtained at a good index iii improves xi+1x_{i+1}xi+1​.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out on three fronts. A sorry-free check on M=E=R\mathcal M=E=\mathbb RM=E=R, with Rx(v)=x+vR_x(v)=x+vRx​(v)=x+v, f(x)=x2/2f(x)=x^2/2f(x)=x2/2 and xk+1=0.4xkx_{k+1}=0.4x_kxk+1​=0.4xk​, shows that the run hypotheses are satisfiable. Every quotient in a statement has a positive denominator along such a run. The rate μ\muμ is quantified after the run and before kkk.

Infrastructure that a complete development needs, and that is reusable beyond this mission:

  • calculus of f∘Rxf\circ R_xf∘Rx​ on a tangent space with its Riemannian norm;
  • Taylor's formula with integral remainder;
  • trace-class operators and Fredholm determinants on Hilbert spaces, with Lidskii's theorem.

The last item is absent from Mathlib, and contributions toward it are welcome. The paper's other main result, convergence of Fletcher–Reeves conjugate gradients (Proposition 15), is a separate mission. The superlinear-rate results (Lemma 6, Propositions 5, 7, 8, 12, Corollaries 11, 13) and the numerical §4 are out of scope.

Selected references

  • W. Ring, B. Wirth, Optimization Methods on Riemannian Manifolds and Their Application to Shape Space, SIAM J. Optim. 22(2), 596–627, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/11082885X
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, R. Sepulchre, Optimization Algorithms on Matrix Manifolds, Princeton University Press, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400830244
  • D. Gabay, Minimizing a differentiable function over a differential manifold, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 37, 177–219, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00934767
  • R. H. Byrd, J. Nocedal, A tool for the analysis of quasi-Newton methods with application to unconstrained minimization, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 26(3), 727–739, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1137/0726042
  • W. Huang, K. A. Gallivan, P.-A. Absil, A Broyden class of quasi-Newton methods for Riemannian optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 25(3), 1660–1685, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1137/140955483
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Differential Variational Inequalities 3: For a Cone K and a Strongly Monotone Composite F, the Time-Stepping Iterates Exist, Are Unique and Are Uniformly BoundedResearch Paper

Motivation

A differential variational inequality (DVI) couples an ordinary differential equation with a finite-dimensional variational inequality whose solution enters the dynamics as a control. Contact mechanics with friction, electrical circuits with diodes, dynamic traffic equilibria, hybrid engineering systems and the continuous-time limits of Nash games all have this form. Pang and Stewart's survey (Math. Program. 113, 2008; author's version hal-01366027) set up a common framework for these models and studied the most direct numerical method: the Euler-type time-stepping scheme, which replaces the time derivative by a difference quotient and solves one static variational inequality per time step.

For the scheme to converge, its iterates must exist and be bounded uniformly as the step hhh goes to zero. Section 7 of the paper proves convergence once such bounds are available (Theorem 7.1). Section 8 supplies them for a class of DVIs in which the algebraic part is not affine: the constraint set is a cone and the VI map is a strongly monotone composite. This mission formalizes that section.

Setting

Fix T>0T>0T>0, θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1] and dimensions n,m,ℓn,m,\elln,m,ℓ. The data are f:[0,T]×Rn→Rnf:[0,T]\times\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nf:[0,T]×Rn→Rn, B:[0,T]×Rn→Rn×mB:[0,T]\times\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^{n\times m}B:[0,T]×Rn→Rn×m, G:[0,T]×Rn→RmG:[0,T]\times\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mG:[0,T]×Rn→Rm, a map F:Rm→RmF:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R^mF:Rm→Rm and a set K⊆RmK\subseteq\mathbb R^mK⊆Rm. For Φ:Rm→Rm\Phi:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R^mΦ:Rm→Rm,

SOL(K,Φ)={u∈K: (u′−u)⊤Φ(u)≥0  ∀u′∈K}.\mathrm{SOL}(K,\Phi)=\{u\in K:\ (u'-u)^\top\Phi(u)\ge0\ \ \forall u'\in K\}.SOL(K,Φ)={u∈K: (u′−u)⊤Φ(u)≥0  ∀u′∈K}.

The initial-value DVI (6.2) is x˙=f(t,x)+B(t,x)u\dot x=f(t,x)+B(t,x)ux˙=f(t,x)+B(t,x)u, u(t)∈SOL(K,G(t,x(t))+F)u(t)\in\mathrm{SOL}(K,G(t,x(t))+F)u(t)∈SOL(K,G(t,x(t))+F), x(0)=x0x(0)=x^0x(0)=x0.

With h=T/Nh=T/Nh=T/N and th,i=iht_{h,i}=ihth,i​=ih, the time-stepping scheme (7.2) starts at xh,0=x0x^{h,0}=x^0xh,0=x0 and computes, for i=0,…,N−1i=0,\dots,N-1i=0,…,N−1,

xh,i+1=xh,i+h[f(th,i+1,θxh,i+(1−θ)xh,i+1)+B(th,i,xh,i)uh,i+1],uh,i+1∈SOL(K,G(th,i+1,xh,i+1)+F).x^{h,i+1}=x^{h,i}+h\big[f(t_{h,i+1},\theta x^{h,i}+(1-\theta)x^{h,i+1})+B(t_{h,i},x^{h,i})u^{h,i+1}\big],\qquad u^{h,i+1}\in\mathrm{SOL}(K,G(t_{h,i+1},x^{h,i+1})+F).xh,i+1=xh,i+h[f(th,i+1​,θxh,i+(1−θ)xh,i+1)+B(th,i​,xh,i)uh,i+1],uh,i+1∈SOL(K,G(th,i+1​,xh,i+1)+F).

The standing assumptions are:

  • (A) fff, BBB, GGG are Lipschitz continuous on [0,T]×Rn[0,T]\times\mathbb R^n[0,T]×Rn; (B) σB=sup⁡∥B(t,x)∥<∞\sigma_B=\sup\|B(t,x)\|<\inftyσB​=sup∥B(t,x)∥<∞;
  • (D) there is ηG>0\eta_G>0ηG​>0 with (u−u′)⊤(G(t,r+B(tref,xref)u)−G(t,r+B(tref,xref)u′))≥ηG∥u−u′∥2(u-u')^\top\big(G(t,r+B(t_{\rm ref},x^{\rm ref})u)-G(t,r+B(t_{\rm ref},x^{\rm ref})u')\big)\ge\eta_G\|u-u'\|^2(u−u′)⊤(G(t,r+B(tref​,xref)u)−G(t,r+B(tref​,xref)u′))≥ηG​∥u−u′∥2 for all r,u,u′,xrefr,u,u',x^{\rm ref}r,u,u′,xref and t,tref∈[0,T]t,t_{\rm ref}\in[0,T]t,tref​∈[0,T];
  • (C′) F=E⊤∘Ψ∘EF=E^\top\circ\Psi\circ EF=E⊤∘Ψ∘E with E∈Rℓ×mE\in\mathbb R^{\ell\times m}E∈Rℓ×m and Ψ\PsiΨ Lipschitz continuous and strongly monotone on ERmE\mathbb R^mERm;
  • (E) if K1K_1K1​, K2K_2K2​ are the orthogonal projections of KKK onto ker⁡E\ker EkerE and (ker⁡E)⊥(\ker E)^\perp(kerE)⊥, then K1⊕K2⊆KK_1\oplus K_2\subseteq KK1​⊕K2​⊆K.

Choosing orthonormal bases ZZZ of ker⁡E\ker EkerE and WWW of (ker⁡E)⊥(\ker E)^\perp(kerE)⊥, the map Υ=(EW)⊤∘Ψ∘(EW)\Upsilon=(EW)^\top\circ\Psi\circ(EW)Υ=(EW)⊤∘Ψ∘(EW) is strongly monotone with some modulus ηΥ\eta_\UpsilonηΥ​ (8.7).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.1

Let KKK be a closed convex cone, (A), (B), (D), (C′), Ψ(0)=0\Psi(0)=0Ψ(0)=0 and (E) hold. There is hˉ>0\bar h>0hˉ>0 such that for every x0x^0x0 with SOL(K,G(0,x0)+F)≠∅\mathrm{SOL}(K,G(0,x^0)+F)\neq\emptysetSOL(K,G(0,x0)+F)=∅ and every h∈(0,hˉ]h\in(0,\bar h]h∈(0,hˉ] the scheme has a unique run, and for all small hhh

∥xh,i+1∥≤c0,x+c1,x∥x0∥,∥uh,i+1∥≤c0,u+c1,u∥x0∥,∥Euh,i+1−Euh,i∥≤h c2,u.\|x^{h,i+1}\|\le c_{0,x}+c_{1,x}\|x^0\|,\quad \|u^{h,i+1}\|\le c_{0,u}+c_{1,u}\|x^0\|,\quad \|Eu^{h,i+1}-Eu^{h,i}\|\le h\,c_{2,u}.∥xh,i+1∥≤c0,x​+c1,x​∥x0∥,∥uh,i+1∥≤c0,u​+c1,u​∥x0∥,∥Euh,i+1−Euh,i∥≤hc2,u​.

These are the hypotheses (7.5)–(7.6) of the convergence theorem of §7.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 8.2: under (A)–(D) and the step bound (8.3), one step of the scheme is solvable, uniquely if FFF is monotone on KKK.
  2. Lemma 8.1: (E) is equivalent to an exchange property of the coordinates (μ,λ)=(Z⊤u,W⊤u)(\mu,\lambda)=(Z^\top u,W^\top u)(μ,λ)=(Z⊤u,W⊤u).
  3. Lemma 8.2: for small hhh, q↦E SOL(K,q+Φh+F)q\mapsto E\,\mathrm{SOL}(K,q+\Phi_h+F)q↦ESOL(K,q+Φh​+F) is single-valued and Lipschitz with a constant independent of hhh.
  4. Proposition 8.3: for a cone KKK, the step is uniquely solvable and ∥uh∥\|u^h\|∥uh∥ is bounded by the data.
  5. (8.14): ∥uh,i+1∥≤ω(1+∥xh,i∥+h∥xh,i+1−xh,i∥)\|u^{h,i+1}\|\le\omega(1+\|x^{h,i}\|+h\|x^{h,i+1}-x^{h,i}\|)∥uh,i+1∥≤ω(1+∥xh,i∥+h∥xh,i+1−xh,i∥) with ω\omegaω independent of hhh and x0x^0x0.

A companion item states Proposition 8.1, the derivative form of (D).

Significance

Theorem 8.1 is one of the two routes in the paper to convergence of the time-stepping scheme. The other (Theorem 7.4) needs a linear-growth property of the VI solutions that holds for affine or coercive problems; Theorem 8.1 replaces it by structural assumptions on (K,F,G)(K,F,G)(K,F,G) that cover nonlinear complementarity systems on cones, including the case F≡0F\equiv0F≡0 that yields the initial-value differential complementarity problem (Corollary 8.1). Combined with Theorem 7.1(a), it shows that the Euler trajectories have uniformly convergent subsequences whose limits are weak solutions of the DVI, and so gives existence of weak solutions constructively.

The paper's results are proved on paper but, as far as a search of Mathlib and the platform shows, no part of DVI theory is formalized. The formalization also settles a printed error: the bound (8.10) of Proposition 8.3 carries a factor hhh that its proof does not justify, and the printed statement is false (a one-dimensional counterexample is recorded on the milestone). The milestone states the bound the proof does give; (8.14) and Theorem 8.1 are unaffected.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails at the multiplier bound. The VI map u↦G(t,x(u))+F(u)u\mapsto G(t,x(u))+F(u)u↦G(t,x(u))+F(u) is strongly monotone, but only with modulus of order hhh, so the solution of each step is bounded only by O(1/h)O(1/h)O(1/h) times the data. This loss is harmless for existence and uniqueness but would destroy the uniform bounds (7.5). Recovering an O(1)O(1)O(1) bound requires separating the components of uuu in ker⁡E\ker EkerE, where FFF is blind and only the order-hhh monotonicity of GGG helps, from the components in (ker⁡E)⊥(\ker E)^\perp(kerE)⊥, where FFF itself is strongly monotone; condition (E) and the cone structure of KKK are what allow the two parts to be tested separately. A second difficulty is that (7.6) needs a Lipschitz bound on E SOLE\,\mathrm{SOL}ESOL with a constant that does not blow up as h→0h\to0h→0.

Formalization scope

  • Rk\mathbb R^kRk is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k); matrices are continuous linear maps; E⊤E^\topE⊤ is the adjoint; SOL(K,Φ)\mathrm{SOL}(K,\Phi)SOL(K,Φ) is the published definition SolodovSvaiterVI.Alg21.viSol Φ K.
  • The data are functions on R×Rn\mathbb R\times\mathbb R^nR×Rn; only values with t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T] enter. (A) uses the metric ∣t−t′∣+∥x−x′∥|t-t'|+\|x-x'\|∣t−t′∣+∥x−x′∥.
  • Step sizes with (Nh+1)h=T(N_h+1)h=T(Nh​+1)h=T are h=T/Nh=T/Nh=T/N; "for h∈(0,hˉ]h\in(0,\bar h]h∈(0,hˉ]" and "for hhh small" are "for N≥NˉN\ge\bar NN≥Nˉ" and "for N≥N1N\ge N_1N≥N1​". G(t0,x0)G(t_0,x^0)G(t0​,x0) is G(0,x0)G(0,x^0)G(0,x0).
  • (E) is defined with orthogonal projections, not with coordinates, so Lemma 8.1 is not a tautology. Step bounds (8.3), (8.8), (8.9) are multiplied out, so a zero denominator imposes no restriction.
  • In Theorem 8.1, uniqueness covers the computed iterates i≥1i\ge1i≥1; uh,0u^{h,0}uh,0 is any element of SOL(K,G(0,x0)+F)\mathrm{SOL}(K,G(0,x^0)+F)SOL(K,G(0,x0)+F). The constants of (7.5) are uniform in x0x^0x0; c2,uc_{2,u}c2,u​ may depend on x0x^0x0, as in the proof.
  • The last sentence of Theorem 8.1 ("Consequently, the conclusion of Theorem 7.1 holds …") is omitted. It follows by combining this theorem with Theorem 7.1(a), which is the goal of the companion mission Differential Variational Inequalities 2.
  • A goal asserting only existence of the iterates, bounds stated for one fixed hhh rather than for all small hhh with constants independent of hhh, or (D) restricted to r=0r=0r=0 would trivialize the result; none of these is the statement here.

The development needs: existence for strongly monotone (coercive) VIs on closed convex sets; the implicit-function argument for the xxx-equation of a step; orthogonal decompositions along ker⁡E\ker EkerE; and discrete Gronwall estimates. The VI existence result and the decomposition lemmas are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the existence theorem for strongly monotone VIs as a separate theorem, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J.-S. Pang and D. E. Stewart, Differential variational inequalities, Mathematical Programming 113(2), 2008, 345–424. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0052-x (author's version: https://hal.science/hal-01366027v1)
  • F. Facchinei and J.-S. Pang, Finite-Dimensional Variational Inequalities and Complementarity Problems, Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97543
  • M. V. Solodov and B. F. Svaiter, A new projection method for variational inequality problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 37(3), 1999, 765–776. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012997317475
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Number TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonsmooth Optimization via Quasi-Newton Methods III: The Secant Method on |x| Generates the Alternating Binary Expansion of x₀Research Paper

Motivation

Quasi-Newton methods such as BFGS were designed for smooth objectives, yet in practice they are routinely run on nonsmooth functions and they often work well there: on many nonsmooth problems the iterates converge to a minimizer at a linear rate, measured against the total number of function evaluations. Lewis and Overton (Math. Program. 141 (2013) 135–163) set out to explain this behaviour. Almost nothing about it is proved, so they analyse the simplest cases in detail.

The very simplest case is the subject of this mission: minimizing the absolute value f(x)=∣x∣f(x)=|x|f(x)=∣x∣ on the real line. In dimension one the quasi-Newton update is completely determined by the secant equation, so the method is the classical secant method, combined with a bisection-type Armijo–Wolfe line search. Even here the behaviour is far from obvious. Steepest descent on ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ needs about (log⁡2(1/ϵ))2/2(\log_2(1/\epsilon))^2/2(log2​(1/ϵ))2/2 function trials to reach accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ, because the closer the iterate is to zero, the more bisections its fixed-size step needs. The secant method needs only about log⁡2(1/ϵ)\log_2(1/\epsilon)log2​(1/ϵ), the cost of bisection. Lewis and Overton show that the iterates of the secant method trace out an expansion of the starting point as an alternating sum of powers of two, which accounts exactly for the number of trials.

Setting

The objective is f(x)=∣x∣f(x)=|x|f(x)=∣x∣ on R\mathbb RR, with gradient sgn⁡(x)\operatorname{sgn}(x)sgn(x) at every x≠0x\ne0x=0.

The line search (Algorithm 4.6, p. 147). Given two tests on steps t>0t>0t>0, an Armijo test AAA and a Wolfe test WWW, the line search starts with α=0\alpha=0α=0, β=+∞\beta=+\inftyβ=+∞ and t=1t=1t=1. Each trial examines the current ttt. If A(t)A(t)A(t) fails, it sets β←t\beta\leftarrow tβ←t. Otherwise, if W(t)W(t)W(t) fails, it sets α←t\alpha\leftarrow tα←t. Otherwise it stops and returns ttt. The next trial step is (α+β)/2(\alpha+\beta)/2(α+β)/2 when β<+∞\beta<+\inftyβ<+∞ and 2α2\alpha2α otherwise. So the line search doubles until the step is bracketed, then bisects.

The tests of §5.1. At an iterate xkx_kxk​ with direction pkp_kpk​ (where pkxk<0p_kx_k<0pk​xk​<0), take the line search objective h(t)=∣xk+tpk∣−∣xk∣h(t)=|x_k+tp_k|-|x_k|h(t)=∣xk​+tpk​∣−∣xk​∣, the Armijo parameter c1=0c_1=0c1​=0, and replace the differentiability check by a termination rule. The conditions become

A(t): t<−2xkpk,W(t): t≥−xkpk.A(t):\ t<-\frac{2x_k}{p_k},\qquad W(t):\ t\ge-\frac{x_k}{p_k}.A(t): t<−pk​2xk​​,W(t): t≥−pk​xk​​.

The secant method. Start at x0x_0x0​ with H0=1H_0=1H0​=1. At step kkk set pk=−Hksgn⁡(xk)p_k=-H_k\operatorname{sgn}(x_k)pk​=−Hk​sgn(xk​), let tkt_ktk​ be the step returned by the line search, and put xk+1=xk+tkpkx_{k+1}=x_k+t_kp_kxk+1​=xk​+tk​pk​. If xk+1=0x_{k+1}=0xk+1​=0 the method terminates at the minimizer. Otherwise Hk+1H_{k+1}Hk+1​ is the solution of the secant equation Hk+1yk=tkpkH_{k+1}y_k=t_kp_kHk+1​yk​=tk​pk​ with yk=sgn⁡(xk+1)−sgn⁡(xk)y_k=\operatorname{sgn}(x_{k+1})-\operatorname{sgn}(x_k)yk​=sgn(xk+1​)−sgn(xk​). The kkk-th line search takes NkN_kNk​ trials. The trial points z0,z1,…z_0,z_1,\dotsz0​,z1​,… of all line searches, listed in order, give the function trial values ∣zj∣|z_j|∣zj​∣.

Alternating binary expansions. For x>0x>0x>0, an alternating binary expansion is a length m∈{0,1,2,… }∪{∞}m\in\{0,1,2,\dots\}\cup\{\infty\}m∈{0,1,2,…}∪{∞} and integers a0<a1<⋯a_0<a_1<\cdotsa0​<a1​<⋯ (with m+1m+1m+1 terms when m<∞m<\inftym<∞) such that

x=∑j=0m(−1)j2−aj.x=\sum_{j=0}^{m}(-1)^j2^{-a_j}.x=j=0∑m​(−1)j2−aj​.

It is canonical if either m∈{0,∞}m\in\{0,\infty\}m∈{0,∞} or its last gap satisfies am≥am−1+2a_m\ge a_{m-1}+2am​≥am−1​+2.

Rates (p. 141). A sequence τk→μ\tau_k\to\muτk​→μ is Q-linear with rate rrr if ∣τk+1−μ∣/∣τk−μ∣→r|\tau_{k+1}-\mu|/|\tau_k-\mu|\to r∣τk+1​−μ∣/∣τk​−μ∣→r. A sequence υk\upsilon_kυk​ is R-linear with rate rrr if ∣υk−μ∣≤∣τk−μ∣|\upsilon_k-\mu|\le|\tau_k-\mu|∣υk​−μ∣≤∣τk​−μ∣ for all kkk, for some τ\tauτ converging to μ\muμ Q-linearly with rate rrr.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.2, secant part (pp. 152–153)

Let x0>0x_0>0x0​>0 have the canonical expansion x0=∑j=0m(−1)j2−ajx_0=\sum_{j=0}^m(-1)^j2^{-a_j}x0​=∑j=0m​(−1)j2−aj​. Then the secant method from x0x_0x0​ with H0=1H_0=1H0​=1 satisfies

xk=∑j=km(−1)j2−aj(0≤k≤m),N0=1+∣a0∣,Nk=ak−ak−1 (1≤k<m).x_k=\sum_{j=k}^{m}(-1)^j2^{-a_j}\quad(0\le k\le m),\qquad N_0=1+|a_0|,\qquad N_k=a_k-a_{k-1}\ (1\le k<m).xk​=j=k∑m​(−1)j2−aj​(0≤k≤m),N0​=1+∣a0​∣,Nk​=ak​−ak−1​ (1≤k<m).

If m<∞m<\inftym<∞, the method terminates at zero after finitely many trials. If m=∞m=\inftym=∞, the function trial values ∣zj∣|z_j|∣zj​∣ converge to 000 R-linearly with rate 12\tfrac1221​. All four conclusions are exact: the iterates are equal to the tails of the expansion, and the trial counts are equalities.

Milestones

  1. §5.1, pp. 151–152. The tests AAA and WWW give ∣xk+1∣<∣xk∣|x_{k+1}|<|x_k|∣xk+1​∣<∣xk​∣ and xkxk+1<0x_kx_{k+1}<0xk​xk+1​<0 whenever xk≠0≠xk+1x_k\ne0\ne x_{k+1}xk​=0=xk+1​.
  2. §5.1, p. 152. For any H0>0H_0>0H0​>0: Hk+1=∣xk+1−xk∣/2H_{k+1}=|x_{k+1}-x_k|/2Hk+1​=∣xk+1​−xk​∣/2 and pk+1=−∣xk+1−xk∣2sgn⁡(xk+1)p_{k+1}=-\tfrac{|x_{k+1}-x_k|}{2}\operatorname{sgn}(x_{k+1})pk+1​=−2∣xk+1​−xk​∣​sgn(xk+1​), and the iterates alternate in sign.
  3. Theorem 5.2, first sentence. Every x>0x>0x>0 has a canonical alternating binary expansion, and it is unique.
  4. §5.1, p. 153. The worked example x0=4/7x_0=4/7x0​=4/7: x2j=4/(7⋅8j)x_{2j}=4/(7\cdot8^j)x2j​=4/(7⋅8j), x2j+1=−3/(7⋅8j)x_{2j+1}=-3/(7\cdot8^j)x2j+1​=−3/(7⋅8j), with trial counts 1,1,2,1,2,…1,1,2,1,2,\dots1,1,2,1,2,….

Significance

The theorem gives a complete description of a quasi-Newton method on a nonsmooth function, in the one setting where the description is exact. It identifies each iterate, counts every function evaluation, and decides termination. Two things follow. After aka_kak​ trials the error is below 2−ak2^{-a_k}2−ak​, so accuracy ϵ\epsilonϵ costs about log⁡2(1/ϵ)\log_2(1/\epsilon)log2​(1/ϵ) trials, compared with the quadratic count for steepest descent. The analysis also shows that choosing the Armijo parameter c1=0c_1=0c1​=0 is harmless for ∣x∣|x|∣x∣, which the paper contrasts with the tilted function max⁡{x,−ux}\max\{x,-ux\}max{x,−ux}. The R-linear rate 12\tfrac1221​ of all trial values is the one-dimensional instance of the rates the paper observes numerically for BFGS on the Euclidean norm in higher dimensions (§5.2). Those rates remain unexplained.

The result is proved on paper: in Lewis–Overton, with the detailed analysis attributed to the companion report [31]. To our knowledge none of it has been formalized. This mission produces a machine-checked account of an algorithm as executed: a bisection line search counted trial by trial, a secant update, and the number-theoretic fact that this process computes an alternating binary expansion. It also states and fixes the two places where the printed text is inaccurate (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The first line search is easy to analyse directly: with p0=−1p_0=-1p0​=−1 it returns the unique power of two in [x0,2x0)[x_0,2x_0)[x0​,2x0​). The difficulty starts with the second. The step returned by Algorithm 4.6 depends on the whole bisection history, and the new direction depends on the previous step through the secant update. The statement therefore has to be proved by an induction that carries an exact invariant. That invariant ties xkx_kxk​, pkp_kpk​ and the line-search bracket to the tail of the expansion, and the trial count to the gap ak−ak−1a_k-a_{k-1}ak​−ak−1​.

A natural first attempt is to describe each line search as "returns the power of two in the Armijo–Wolfe interval". That does not determine the trial count: the count depends on where the bisection starts and in which order it halves, and it uses the specific directions pkp_kpk​. The R-linear statement adds a further layer. Trial values inside one line search are not monotone, so the dominating Q-linear sequence has to be built over the global trial index, across line searches of different lengths.

The uniqueness half is elementary but needs care. Without canonicity it is false, and a finite expansion has to be told apart from an infinite one.

Formalization scope

  • Line search as executed. Algorithm 4.6 is the iteration itself, on states (α,β,t)(\alpha,\beta,t)(α,β,t) with β∈\beta\inβ∈ WithTop ℝ. A trial count is the index of the first trial passing both tests, plus one. Every statement about trial counts also asserts that the line search terminates, so the junk value of an empty stopping set cannot be used. The step tkt_ktk​ is not defined as a closed form: that is what the theorem proves.
  • The run. The secant run is a recursion on (xk,Hk)(x_k,H_k)(xk​,Hk​), frozen once xk=0x_k=0xk​=0. The division defining Hk+1H_{k+1}Hk+1​ is meaningful only when sgn⁡xk+1≠sgn⁡xk\operatorname{sgn}x_{k+1}\ne\operatorname{sgn}x_ksgnxk+1​=sgnxk​, which milestone 1 guarantees. The function trial values are ∣zj∣|z_j|∣zj​∣ for the trial points of all line searches in order, without ∣x0∣|x_0|∣x0​∣; adding it does not affect R-linear convergence.
  • Expansions. The length is m∈m\inm∈ ℕ∞, the exponents are a : ℕ → ℤ (negative when x0>1x_0>1x0​>1), and the powers 2−aj2^{-a_j}2−aj​ are integer powers. The series is a HasSum whose terms beyond mmm vanish. Indices start at 000, as printed.
  • Rates. Q-linear convergence requires the ratio to be defined (τk≠μ\tau_k\ne\muτk​=μ for all kkk). R-linear convergence is exactly the p. 141 definition, domination by a Q-linear sequence, not a bound C2−jC2^{-j}C2−j.
  • Corrections to the printed text. (i) Uniqueness of the expansion is false as printed: 1=20=21−201=2^0=2^1-2^01=20=21−20. Every statement uses canonical expansions, which are unique and are the ones the method follows. (ii) "Arbitrary x0x_0x0​" becomes x0>0x_0>0x0​>0, since the expansion is defined only for positive numbers; x0<0x_0<0x0​<0 is the mirror image. (iii) "For all k<mk<mk<m" in the trial count is read as 1≤k<m1\le k<m1≤k<m, because k=0k=0k=0 is the separate clause 1+∣a0∣1+|a_0|1+∣a0​∣. (iv) In the 4/74/74/7 example the printed pattern swaps the one-trial and two-trial line searches, contradicting the preceding sentence and Theorem 5.2; the milestone states the corrected counts N2j=2N_{2j}=2N2j​=2, N2j+1=1N_{2j+1}=1N2j+1​=1 (j≥1j\ge1j≥1).
  • No trivial reading. The hypotheses are satisfiable for every x0>0x_0>0x0​>0 (milestone 3), and the conclusions are equalities about the algorithm's own iterates and trial counts. A formalization in which the line search returns its own answer by definition, or in which the iterates are only bounded, would not prove the theorem.

The development needs only Mathlib's real analysis, tsum/HasSum and filters. The expansion definitions and the R-linear predicate can be reused for other rate statements. Contributions are welcome on the line-search invariant, the trial-count lemmas, and the existence and uniqueness of the canonical expansion.

Selected references

  • A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, Nonsmooth optimization via quasi-Newton methods, Mathematical Programming Ser. A 141 (2013) 135–163. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0514-2
  • A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, Nonsmooth optimization via BFGS, technical report (reference [31] of the paper, the detailed analysis of the secant method on ∣x∣|x|∣x∣), 2008. http://www.cs.nyu.edu/overton/papers/pdffiles/bfgs_inexactLS.pdf (URL as printed in the paper)
  • J. Nocedal, S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006 (secant equation, Armijo–Wolfe conditions). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-40065-5
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiency of Coordinate Descent Methods on Huge-Scale Optimization Problems 5: RCDM with Adaptive Lipschitz Estimates (RACDM) Has Expected Error at Most 8nR₁²(x₀)/(16 + 3k)Research Paper

Motivation

Random coordinate descent minimizes a smooth convex function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R by updating one coordinate at a time, chosen at random. Each iteration needs a single partial derivative instead of the full gradient, which is what makes the method usable on problems whose dimension is in the millions or billions ("huge-scale" problems). Nesterov's paper Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems (CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2; journal version SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012) 341–362, doi:10.1137/100802001) gave the first global efficiency estimates for such methods and started a large literature on randomized block and coordinate methods.

The basic method RCDM of the paper takes, along coordinate iii, a step of length 1/Li1/L_i1/Li​, where LiL_iLi​ is a Lipschitz constant of the iii-th partial derivative along the iii-th coordinate. For simple functions these constants are known; for more complicated ones they are not, and a practical method has to estimate them on the fly. Section 6.1 of the paper analyses a backtracking strategy with restore for this purpose and proves that it keeps the efficiency of RCDM up to a constant factor. This mission formalizes that analysis, Theorem 7 of the paper.

Setting

Write ∇if(x)=∂f/∂xi(x)\nabla_i f(x)=\partial f/\partial x_i(x)∇i​f(x)=∂f/∂xi​(x) and eie_iei​ for the iii-th standard basis vector of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The function fff is convex and differentiable, attains its minimum f∗=f(x∗)f^*=f(x^*)f∗=f(x∗), and its partial derivatives are coordinate-wise Lipschitz with constants Li>0L_i>0Li​>0 ((2.2) with one-dimensional blocks):

∣∇if(x+uei)−∇if(x)∣≤Li∣u∣(x∈Rn, u∈R, i=1,…,n).|\nabla_i f(x+ue_i)-\nabla_i f(x)|\le L_i|u|\qquad(x\in\mathbb R^n,\ u\in\mathbb R,\ i=1,\dots,n).∣∇i​f(x+uei​)−∇i​f(x)∣≤Li​∣u∣(x∈Rn, u∈R, i=1,…,n).

The weighted norm and its dual are ∥x∥1=(∑iLixi2)1/2\|x\|_1=(\sum_iL_ix_i^2)^{1/2}∥x∥1​=(∑i​Li​xi2​)1/2 and ∥g∥1∗=(∑igi2/Li)1/2\|g\|_1^*=(\sum_ig_i^2/L_i)^{1/2}∥g∥1∗​=(∑i​gi2​/Li​)1/2 ((2.7) with α=1\alpha=1α=1), and

R1(x0)=max⁡x{max⁡x∗∈X∗∥x−x∗∥1: f(x)≤f(x0)}R_1(x_0)=\max_x\Big\{\max_{x^*\in X^*}\|x-x^*\|_1:\ f(x)\le f(x_0)\Big\}R1​(x0​)=xmax​{x∗∈X∗max​∥x−x∗∥1​: f(x)≤f(x0​)}

measures the size of the initial level set, X∗X^*X∗ being the set of minimizers.

The random adaptive coordinate descent method RACDM(x0)(x_0)(x0​) (6.1) keeps estimates L^1,…,L^n\hat L_1,\dots,\hat L_nL^1​,…,L^n​, initialised with given lower bounds Li0∈(0,Li]L_i^0\in(0,L_i]Li0​∈(0,Li​]. At iteration kkk it

  1. draws i=iki=i_ki=ik​ uniformly from {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n};
  2. sets xk+1=xk−L^i−1∇if(xk)eix_{k+1}=x_k-\hat L_i^{-1}\nabla_if(x_k)e_ixk+1​=xk​−L^i−1​∇i​f(xk​)ei​ and, as long as ∇if(xk)⋅∇if(xk+1)<0\nabla_if(x_k)\cdot\nabla_if(x_{k+1})<0∇i​f(xk​)⋅∇i​f(xk+1​)<0, doubles L^i\hat L_iL^i​ and recomputes xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​;
  3. halves L^i\hat L_iL^i​.

The loop test uses only the sign of one partial derivative and never a function value. With φk=Ef(xk)\varphi_k=\mathbb E f(x_k)φk​=Ef(xk​) (the expectation over i0,…,ik−1i_0,\dots,i_{k-1}i0​,…,ik−1​) and NkN_kNk​ the number of partial derivatives computed in iterations 0,…,k0,\dots,k0,…,k, Theorem 7 states three facts about this method.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7, item 2, (6.2)

φk−f∗ ≤ 8nR12(x0)16+3k,k≥0.\varphi_k-f^*\ \le\ \frac{8nR_1^2(x_0)}{16+3k},\qquad k\ge0.φk​−f∗ ≤ 16+3k8nR12​(x0​)​,k≥0.

This is the rate of RCDM(0,x0)(0,x_0)(0,x0​), φk−f∗≤2nR12(x0)/(k+4)\varphi_k-f^*\le 2nR_1^2(x_0)/(k+4)φk​−f∗≤2nR12​(x0​)/(k+4) ((2.14)), with a larger constant.

Milestones

  1. (6.4) — started from an estimate 0<L^i≤Li0<\hat L_i\le L_i0<L^i​≤Li​, the doubling loop terminates and the accepted estimate satisfies L^i≤2Li\hat L_i\le2L_iL^i​≤2Li​.
  2. Theorem 7, item 1 — at the beginning of each iteration L^i≤Li\hat L_i\le L_iL^i​≤Li​ for every iii.
  3. One-step decrease (proof of Theorem 7, p. 19) — f(xk)−f(xk+1)≥38Lik(∇ikf(xk))2f(x_k)-f(x_{k+1})\ge\frac{3}{8L_{i_k}}(\nabla_{i_k}f(x_k))^2f(xk​)−f(xk+1​)≥8Lik​​3​(∇ik​​f(xk​))2.
  4. Expected decrease (proof of Theorem 7, p. 19) — f(xk)−Eikf(xk+1)≥38n(∥∇f(xk)∥1∗)2f(x_k)-\mathbb E_{i_k}f(x_{k+1})\ge\frac3{8n}(\|\nabla f(x_k)\|_1^*)^2f(xk​)−Eik​​f(xk+1​)≥8n3​(∥∇f(xk​)∥1∗​)2.
  5. Theorem 7, item 3, (6.3) — Nk≤2(k+1)+∑i=1nlog⁡2(Li/Li0)N_k\le 2(k+1)+\sum_{i=1}^n\log_2(L_i/L_i^0)Nk​≤2(k+1)+∑i=1n​log2​(Li​/Li0​).

Significance

The result shows that the constants LiL_iLi​ in RCDM need not be known: a method that starts from any lower bounds and adjusts them by doubling and halving converges at the same O(nR12(x0)/k)O(nR_1^2(x_0)/k)O(nR12​(x0​)/k) rate, and pays on average about two partial derivatives per iteration plus a logarithmic one-time overhead. This is what makes random coordinate descent applicable to functions whose coordinate smoothness is not available in closed form, and the doubling-with-restore pattern recurs in later adaptive and accelerated coordinate methods (the paper itself indicates the same technique for its accelerated method, (6.5)).

The theorem is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof exists. The known-constant analogues for scalar coordinates are on Prove2Me in Bubeck's §6.4 development (the one-step and expected decreases are proved there; the rate is open). This mission adds a formal model of the adaptive method itself, including its doubling loop as a first-failure search, and the three statements of Theorem 7 on top of the published coordinate-descent definitions.

Difficulty

The analysis of RCDM rests on the one-step bound f(x)−f(x−Li−1∇if(x)ei)≥(∇if(x))2/(2Li)f(x)-f(x-L_i^{-1}\nabla_if(x)e_i)\ge(\nabla_if(x))^2/(2L_i)f(x)−f(x−Li−1​∇i​f(x)ei​)≥(∇i​f(x))2/(2Li​), which follows from the smoothness of fff along the coordinate line. For RACDM the step uses an estimate L^i\hat L_iL^i​ that may be smaller than LiL_iLi​, and then the same argument gives no decrease at all: a step that is too long can increase fff. The method never checks function values, so the decrease has to be extracted from the sign test alone, and it holds only because fff is convex along the line, not merely smooth. A second point is that the estimates are random and depend on the whole history, so the expected decrease must hold for every state the method can reach; this is what item 1 secures. The counting statement needs the exact number of loop iterations, so the loop has to be modelled as the least number of doublings after which the test fails, not as some number of doublings.

Formalization scope

The formalization works with scalar coordinates (N=nN=nN=n, as the paper does in §6.1) on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), coordinates indexed 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1. It reuses the published definition ConvexOptAlg_CoordDescent_Defs: IsCoordSmooth f g L is (2.2) with an explicit gradient map g=∇fg=\nabla fg=∇f, wnorm L 1 and wnormDual L 1 are ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ and ∥⋅∥1∗\|\cdot\|_1^*∥⋅∥1∗​, and rcdExpect L 0 k is the expectation over kkk uniform draws as a finite weighted sum. The mission's own definition NesterovRCD.Adaptive.RACDM encodes the trial point, the number of doublings (a minimum over N\mathbb NN), one iteration, the run along an explicit sequence of draws, and the count NkN_kNk​.

The following choices are made explicitly.

  • Step 3 of (6.1) is printed "Set Lik:=12LikL_{i_k}:=\frac12L_{i_k}Lik​​:=21​Lik​​"; it is read as L^ik:=12L^ik\hat L_{i_k}:=\frac12\hat L_{i_k}L^ik​​:=21​L^ik​​, as the paper's proof requires. The true constants LiL_iLi​ never change and enter only hypotheses and bounds.
  • R1(x0)R_1(x_0)R1​(x0​) is not computed: the goal takes any RRR with ∥x−y∗∥1≤R\|x-y^*\|_1\le R∥x−y∗∥1​≤R for all xxx in the level set and all minimizers y∗y^*y∗. "X∗X^*X∗ nonempty" is a hypothesis; "X∗X^*X∗ bounded" follows from the existence of RRR.
  • Implicit hypotheses made explicit: n≥1n\ge1n≥1; Li0>0L_i^0>0Li0​>0 and Li0≤LiL_i^0\le L_iLi0​≤Li​; in the milestones, 0<L^i≤Li0<\hat L_i\le L_i0<L^i​≤Li​ on the entry state.
  • Convexity is assumed in the statements that need it (the decreases and the rate); (6.4) and items 1 and 3 hold without it and are stated without it.
  • NkN_kNk​ counts dj+1d_j+1dj​+1 evaluations of ∇ijf\nabla_{i_j}f∇ij​​f at iteration jjj with djd_jdj​ doublings, the count the paper's proof uses; counting ∇ijf(xj)\nabla_{i_j}f(x_j)∇ij​​f(xj​) as well would give 3(k+1)+∑ilog⁡2(Li/Li0)3(k+1)+\sum_i\log_2(L_i/L_i^0)3(k+1)+∑i​log2​(Li​/Li0​).

A trivializing encoding is ruled out: the loop count is the least ddd at which the sign test fails (an arbitrary admissible ddd would change the method and make the count meaningless), the draws are uniform, and the rate is stated in the norm of the true constants LiL_iLi​, not of the estimates. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a one-dimensional co-coercivity lemma for convex smooth functions of one variable (reusable well beyond this mission), and the recursion argument from the expected decrease to the rate.

Selected references

  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, CORE Discussion Paper 2010/2, Université catholique de Louvain, 2010. Journal version: SIAM J. Optim. 22(2) (2012) 341–362. doi:10.1137/100802001
  • Yu. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004 (reference [6] of the paper; inequality (2.1.17)). doi:10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4) (2015) 231–357, §6.4. arXiv:1405.4980
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamical SystemsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Differential Variational Inequalities 2: Uniformly Bounded Euler Time-Stepping Iterates Converge Along a Subsequence, and Every Limit Is a Weak Solution of the Initial-Value DVIResearch Paper

Motivation

A differential variational inequality (DVI) couples an ordinary differential equation with a finite-dimensional variational inequality whose solution acts as an algebraic input to the dynamics. The class contains linear complementarity systems, mechanical systems with unilateral contact and friction, dynamic Nash games and many hybrid engineering models. Pang and Stewart's paper (Math. Program. 113 (2008); author's version hal-01366027v1) set up a unified theory of such systems: existence of solutions, uniqueness, and convergence of numerical time-stepping schemes.

The numerical question is the practical one. A DVI is solved by discretizing time and solving one finite-dimensional variational inequality per step. Whether the discrete trajectories approximate a true solution as the step size shrinks is not automatic: the algebraic variable uuu can switch discontinuously, so the discrete uuu's need not converge pointwise. Section 7 of the paper answers this for a semi-implicit Euler scheme applied to the initial-value problem, and the answer is also an existence proof for the DVI.

Setting

Fix T>0T>0T>0 and write Ω=[0,T]×Rn\Omega=[0,T]\times\mathbb R^nΩ=[0,T]×Rn. Let K⊆RmK\subseteq\mathbb R^mK⊆Rm be a nonempty closed convex set, let f:Ω→Rnf:\Omega\to\mathbb R^nf:Ω→Rn, B:Ω→Rn×mB:\Omega\to\mathbb R^{n\times m}B:Ω→Rn×m, G:Ω→RmG:\Omega\to\mathbb R^mG:Ω→Rm and F:Rm→RmF:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R^mF:Rm→Rm. For Φ:Rm→Rm\Phi:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb R^mΦ:Rm→Rm, SOL(K,Φ)\mathrm{SOL}(K,\Phi)SOL(K,Φ) is the set of u∈Ku\in Ku∈K with (u′−u)TΦ(u)≥0(u'-u)^{\mathsf T}\Phi(u)\ge0(u′−u)TΦ(u)≥0 for all u′∈Ku'\in Ku′∈K. The initial-value DVI (6.2) is

x˙=f(t,x)+B(t,x)u,x(0)=x0,u∈SOL(K,G(t,x)+F).\dot x=f(t,x)+B(t,x)u,\qquad x(0)=x^0,\qquad u\in\mathrm{SOL}(K,G(t,x)+F).x˙=f(t,x)+B(t,x)u,x(0)=x0,u∈SOL(K,G(t,x)+F).

The standing assumptions are (A): fff, BBB and GGG are Lipschitz continuous on Ω\OmegaΩ (for the metric ∣t−t′∣+∥x−x′∥|t-t'|+\|x-x'\|∣t−t′∣+∥x−x′∥), and (B): σB=sup⁡Ω∥B(t,x)∥<∞\sigma_B=\sup_\Omega\|B(t,x)\|<\inftyσB​=supΩ​∥B(t,x)∥<∞.

A weak solution is a pair (x,u)(x,u)(x,u) with x(0)=x0x(0)=x^0x(0)=x0, uuu integrable on [0,T][0,T][0,T] with u(t)∈Ku(t)\in Ku(t)∈K for almost every ttt, the integral equation x(t)−x(s)=∫st[f(τ,x(τ))+B(τ,x(τ))u(τ)] dτx(t)-x(s)=\int_s^t[f(\tau,x(\tau))+B(\tau,x(\tau))u(\tau)]\,d\taux(t)−x(s)=∫st​[f(τ,x(τ))+B(τ,x(τ))u(τ)]dτ for 0≤s≤t≤T0\le s\le t\le T0≤s≤t≤T, and the integral form of the VI,

∫0T(u~(t)−u(t))T[G(t,x(t))+F(u(t))] dt≥0for every continuous u~:[0,T]→K.\int_0^T(\tilde u(t)-u(t))^{\mathsf T}[G(t,x(t))+F(u(t))]\,dt\ge0\quad\text{for every continuous }\tilde u:[0,T]\to K.∫0T​(u~(t)−u(t))T[G(t,x(t))+F(u(t))]dt≥0for every continuous u~:[0,T]→K.

The time-stepping scheme (7.2) uses a step h=T/Nh=T/Nh=T/N, grid points th,i=iht_{h,i}=ihth,i​=ih, a parameter θ∈[0,1]\theta\in[0,1]θ∈[0,1], and xh,0=x0x^{h,0}=x^0xh,0=x0:

xh,i+1=xh,i+h[f(th,i+1,θxh,i+(1−θ)xh,i+1)+B(th,i,xh,i)uh,i+1],uh,i+1∈SOL(K,G(th,i+1,xh,i+1)+F),x^{h,i+1}=x^{h,i}+h\big[f(t_{h,i+1},\theta x^{h,i}+(1-\theta)x^{h,i+1})+B(t_{h,i},x^{h,i})u^{h,i+1}\big],\quad u^{h,i+1}\in\mathrm{SOL}(K,G(t_{h,i+1},x^{h,i+1})+F),xh,i+1=xh,i+h[f(th,i+1​,θxh,i+(1−θ)xh,i+1)+B(th,i​,xh,i)uh,i+1],uh,i+1∈SOL(K,G(th,i+1​,xh,i+1)+F),

for i=0,…,N−1i=0,\dots,N-1i=0,…,N−1. The iterates are turned into functions of time: x^h\hat x^hx^h is the continuous piecewise linear interpolant of the xh,ix^{h,i}xh,i, and u^h\hat u^hu^h is the piecewise constant interpolant equal to uh,i+1u^{h,i+1}uh,i+1 on (th,i,th,i+1](t_{h,i},t_{h,i+1}](th,i​,th,i+1​].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1 (p. 44)

Suppose the iterates satisfy the uniform bounds (7.5),

∥xh,i+1∥≤c0,x+c1,x∥x0∥,∥uh,i+1∥≤c0,u+c1,u∥x0∥,\|x^{h,i+1}\|\le c_{0,x}+c_{1,x}\|x^0\|,\qquad\|u^{h,i+1}\|\le c_{0,u}+c_{1,u}\|x^0\|,∥xh,i+1∥≤c0,x​+c1,x​∥x0∥,∥uh,i+1∥≤c0,u​+c1,u​∥x0∥,

for all small hhh. Then along some hν↓0h_\nu\downarrow0hν​↓0,

x^hν→x^ uniformly on [0,T],u^hν⇀u^ weakly in L2(0,T).\hat x^{h_\nu}\to\hat x\ \text{uniformly on }[0,T],\qquad\hat u^{h_\nu}\rightharpoonup\hat u\ \text{weakly in }L^2(0,T).x^hν​→x^ uniformly on [0,T],u^hν​⇀u^ weakly in L2(0,T).

If moreover (a) F=Ψ∘EF=\Psi\circ EF=Ψ∘E with Ψ\PsiΨ Lipschitz and ∥Euh,i+1−Euh,i∥≤hc2,u\|Eu^{h,i+1}-Eu^{h,i}\|\le hc_{2,u}∥Euh,i+1−Euh,i∥≤hc2,u​ (7.6), or (b) F(u)=DuF(u)=DuF(u)=Du with DDD positive semidefinite, then every such limit pair (x^,u^)(\hat x,\hat u)(x^,u^) is a weak solution of (6.2).

Milestones

The proof decomposes into the paper's own steps: Lemma 7.1 (the implicit Euler step is uniquely solvable, with the bounds (7.4)); the uniform step bound ∥xh,i+1−xh,i∥≤Lh\|x^{h,i+1}-x^{h,i}\|\le Lh∥xh,i+1−xh,i∥≤Lh, which makes {x^h}\{\hat x^h\}{x^h} equicontinuous; the fact that a weak L2L^2L2 limit of KKK-valued functions is KKK-valued almost everywhere; the integral VI (7.7) under (a); the integral equation (7.8); and the weak lower semicontinuity (7.9) of u↦∫0TuTDuu\mapsto\int_0^Tu^{\mathsf T}Duu↦∫0T​uTDu for positive semidefinite DDD, which handles (b).

Companion results

Lemma 7.2 (a discrete Gronwall bound giving (7.5) from one-step growth conditions), Lemma 7.3 ((7.5) from linear growth of the VI solutions) and Proposition 7.1 (existence of the iterates for small hhh) are included as further targets: together with Theorem 7.1 they reduce the hypotheses on the iterates to conditions on (K,F)(K,F)(K,F).

Significance

Theorem 7.1 is simultaneously a convergence theorem for a practical numerical method and an existence theorem: any scheme with bounded iterates produces, in the limit, a weak solution of the DVI. Combined with Proposition 7.1 and Lemma 7.3 it yields existence for DVIs whose VI part has linearly growing solution sets, including linear complementarity systems with positive semidefinite DDD, without the upper-semicontinuity machinery of differential inclusions. Case (b) covers monotone linear complementarity systems, the class arising in passive electrical networks and frictionless contact.

The results are proved in the paper. None of them is machine-checked. A formalization would produce a reusable Lean account of Euler polygons, equicontinuity estimates for discrete schemes, and weak L2L^2L2 limits of constrained sequences, all of which recur in the numerical analysis of nonsmooth dynamical systems.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would pass to the limit in each step of the scheme pointwise. This fails because u^h\hat u^hu^h has no pointwise or strong limit in general: only weak L2L^2L2 compactness is available. The nonlinear term F(u^h)F(\hat u^h)F(u^h) does not commute with weak limits, so the variational inequality cannot be passed to the limit directly. Each of the two cases supplies the missing compactness or convexity: in (a) the bound (7.6) makes Eu^hE\hat u^hEu^h converge uniformly, and in (b) positive semidefiniteness makes the quadratic term weakly lower semicontinuous. Membership u^(t)∈K\hat u(t)\in Ku^(t)∈K also does not follow from pointwise reasoning and needs convexity of KKK.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k), inner products uTvu^{\mathsf T}vuTv are ⟪u, v⟫_ℝ, and matrices are continuous linear maps with the operator norm. SOL(K,Φ)\mathrm{SOL}(K,\Phi)SOL(K,Φ) is the published definition SolodovSvaiterVI.Alg21.viSol Φ K. Positive semidefinite matrices are not assumed symmetric.

Step sizes are h=T/Nh=T/Nh=T/N with an integer N≥1N\ge1N≥1, so that the grid ends exactly at TTT. "For all h∈(0,hˉ]h\in(0,\bar h]h∈(0,hˉ]" becomes "for all N≥NˉN\ge\bar NN≥Nˉ", and "hν↓0h_\nu\downarrow0hν​↓0" becomes a strictly increasing sequence of NNN's. The iterates are a family indexed by NNN and are hypotheses of the goal; their existence is the separate Proposition 7.1. Weak convergence in L2(0,T;Rm)L^2(0,T;\mathbb R^m)L2(0,T;Rm) is tested against every L2L^2L2 function, and the uniform convergence of x^h\hat x^hx^h is on all of [0,T][0,T][0,T]. Condition (7.6) is imposed for 1≤i≤N−11\le i\le N-11≤i≤N−1, because the paper's convention uh,0≡uh,1u^{h,0}\equiv u^{h,1}uh,0≡uh,1 makes i=0i=0i=0 vacuous.

A weak solution carries integrability of both integrands as explicit conditions. Without them a non-integrable pair would satisfy the integral conditions vacuously, since a Lean integral of a non-integrable function is zero. The following readings are also excluded: convergence of the scheme only at grid points; a scheme in which uh,i+1u^{h,i+1}uh,i+1 solves the VI at xh,ix^{h,i}xh,i instead of xh,i+1x^{h,i+1}xh,i+1; and a conclusion about one particular subsequence instead of every subsequence along which both limits exist.

A complete development needs: compactness in C([0,T])C([0,T])C([0,T]) (Arzelà–Ascoli), weak sequential compactness of bounded sets in L2L^2L2, Mazur's lemma on convex combinations, and estimates for piecewise linear and piecewise constant interpolants. The last two items are reusable for other time-stepping schemes. Proofs of any milestone, and of auxiliary interpolation lemmas, are welcome.

Out of scope: the weaker Carathéodory assumption (A′), the implicit scheme (7.3), the cited fixed-point theorems 7.2–7.3, and Theorem 7.4 (which combines Theorem 7.1 with the existence results of §6).

Selected references

  • J.-S. Pang and D. E. Stewart, Differential variational inequalities, Mathematical Programming 113(2), 345–424, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-006-0052-x ; author's version hal-01366027v1, https://hal.science/hal-01366027v1
  • F. Facchinei and J.-S. Pang, Finite-Dimensional Variational Inequalities and Complementarity Problems, Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97543
  • D. E. Stewart, Rigid-body dynamics with friction and impact, SIAM Review 42(1), 3–39, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0036144599360110
9 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonsmooth Optimization via Quasi-Newton Methods II: The Bisection Armijo–Wolfe Line Search Terminates When Every Left Limit of h′ ExistsResearch Paper

Motivation

Quasi-Newton methods such as BFGS were designed for smooth objectives, yet in practice they are routinely and successfully applied to nonsmooth functions. Lewis and Overton (Math. Program. 141 (2013) 135–163) study why. A quasi-Newton step needs a step length along each search direction, and on a nonsmooth function the usual line searches have to decide what to do at points where the function is not differentiable. Classical inexact line searches for nonsmooth optimization (Lemaréchal 1981, Wolfe 1975, Mifflin 1977) ask an oracle for a subgradient at such points. Lewis and Overton propose a simpler rule: a trial point at which the objective is not differentiable simply fails the Wolfe test. This mission formalizes the analysis of that line search, §4 of the paper: when an acceptable step exists, when the bisection search finds one, what happens when it does not, and how many trials it takes on a convex function.

Setting

Let xˉ\bar xxˉ be an iterate of an optimization algorithm and pˉ\bar ppˉ​ a search direction. The line search objective is h(t)=f(xˉ+tpˉ)−f(xˉ)h(t)=f(\bar x+t\bar p)-f(\bar x)h(t)=f(xˉ+tpˉ​)−f(xˉ) for t≥0t\ge0t≥0. Only hhh enters the analysis.

Assumption 4.1. The function hhh is absolutely continuous on every bounded interval and bounded below, and

h(0)=0,s=lim sup⁡t↓0h(t)t<0.h(0)=0,\qquad s=\limsup_{t\downarrow0}\frac{h(t)}{t}<0 .h(0)=0,s=t↓0limsup​th(t)​<0.

The number sss plays the role of the directional derivative ∇f(xˉ)Tpˉ\nabla f(\bar x)^T\bar p∇f(xˉ)Tpˉ​.

Armijo and Wolfe conditions. Fix constants c1<c2c_1<c_2c1​<c2​ in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). For t>0t>0t>0,

A(t): h(t)<c1st,W(t): h is differentiable at t with h′(t)>c2s.A(t):\ h(t)<c_1st, \qquad W(t):\ h\text{ is differentiable at }t\text{ with }h'(t)>c_2s .A(t): h(t)<c1​st,W(t): h is differentiable at t with h′(t)>c2​s.

An Armijo–Wolfe step is a t>0t>0t>0 satisfying both.

Algorithm 4.6. Start from α=0\alpha=0α=0, β=+∞\beta=+\inftyβ=+∞, t=1t=1t=1. At each trial: if A(t)A(t)A(t) fails, set β←t\beta\leftarrow tβ←t; otherwise, if W(t)W(t)W(t) fails, set α←t\alpha\leftarrow tα←t; otherwise stop. Then set t←(α+β)/2t\leftarrow(\alpha+\beta)/2t←(α+β)/2 if β<+∞\beta<+\inftyβ<+∞, and t←2αt\leftarrow2\alphat←2α otherwise. So the search doubles until AAA fails and then bisects the bracket [α,β][\alpha,\beta][α,β]. Write (αn,βn,tn)(\alpha_n,\beta_n,t_n)(αn​,βn​,tn​) for the state before trial n=0,1,2,…n=0,1,2,\dotsn=0,1,2,… (lsRun), so t0=1t_0=1t0​=1. The search terminates if some trial passes both tests (Terminates).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.7 (convergence)

Under Assumption 4.1 and 0<c1<c2<10<c_1<c_2<10<c1​<c2​<1:

  1. a trial step that passes both tests is an Armijo–Wolfe step;
  2. the search terminates under the condition
lim⁡t↑tˉh′(t) exists in [−∞,+∞]  for all tˉ>0;(4.8)\lim_{t\uparrow\bar t}h'(t)\ \text{exists in }[-\infty,+\infty]\ \text{ for all }\bar t>0; \tag{4.8}t↑tˉlim​h′(t) exists in [−∞,+∞]  for all tˉ>0;(4.8)
  1. if the search does not terminate, then eventually the brackets [αn,βn][\alpha_n,\beta_n][αn​,βn​] are finite, nested, halve in length at each trial and each contains a set of nonzero measure of Armijo–Wolfe steps, and they shrink to a step t~>0\tilde t>0t~>0 with
h(t~)=c1st~andlim sup⁡t↑t~h′(t)≥c2s.(4.9)h(\tilde t)=c_1s\tilde t\qquad\text{and}\qquad\limsup_{t\uparrow\tilde t}h'(t)\ge c_2s. \tag{4.9}h(t~)=c1​st~andt↑t~limsup​h′(t)≥c2​s.(4.9)

Milestones

  • Lemma 4.4. If AAA holds at α>0\alpha>0α>0 and fails at β>α\beta>\alphaβ>α, and hhh is absolutely continuous on [α,β][\alpha,\beta][α,β], then the Armijo–Wolfe steps in [α,β][\alpha,\beta][α,β] have nonzero measure.
  • Theorem 4.5. Under Assumption 4.1, the Armijo–Wolfe steps have nonzero measure.
  • The bracket invariant (proof of Theorem 4.7, pp. 147–148). Without termination, eventually 0<αn0<\alpha_n0<αn​, βn<∞\beta_n<\inftyβn​<∞, A(αn)A(\alpha_n)A(αn​) holds and A(βn)A(\beta_n)A(βn​) fails.
  • Weak lower semismoothness (pp. 148–149). If hhh is weakly lower semismooth at every tˉ>0\bar t>0tˉ>0 and differentiable at every trial step, the search terminates.
  • Proposition 4.11 (complexity on a convex function). For convex hhh the Armijo–Wolfe steps are the points of differentiability in an open interval I=(b,b+a)I=(b,b+a)I=(b,b+a), and with d=max⁡{1+⌊log⁡2b⌋,0}d=\max\{1+\lfloor\log_2b\rfloor,0\}d=max{1+⌊log2​b⌋,0} the search tries a step in III after between d+1d+1d+1 and d+1+max⁡{d+⌊log⁡2(1/a)⌋,0}d+1+\max\{d+\lfloor\log_2(1/a)\rfloor,0\}d+1+max{d+⌊log2​(1/a)⌋,0} trials when d≥1d\ge1d≥1, and at most 1+max⁡{1+⌊log⁡2(1/a)⌋,0}1+\max\{1+\lfloor\log_2(1/a)\rfloor,0\}1+max{1+⌊log2​(1/a)⌋,0} trials when d=0d=0d=0.

Significance

Theorem 4.7 is the convergence guarantee for the line search used by the BFGS implementation analysed in the rest of the paper. It isolates the only failure mode: a derivative that oscillates as ttt increases to a limit point, which condition (4.8) excludes. The paper notes that (4.8) holds for every semi-algebraic hhh, so the search terminates on the functions met in practice. The same line search is the one whose trial sequence produces the binary-expansion behaviour of the secant method in §5. Theorem 4.5 shows that an acceptable step exists on a set of positive measure, which is why a sampling line search is not defeated by the null set of nondifferentiable points. Proposition 4.11 bounds the work per line search on convex functions.

All statements are proved in the paper. None has been formalized; there is no line search for nonsmooth functions on Prove2Me or in Mathlib. A formalization checks the measure-theoretic argument (absolute continuity and the fundamental theorem of calculus for Lebesgue integrals), the bookkeeping of the bisection, and the complexity count, where the printed upper bound turns out to be false for b<1b<1b<1.

Difficulty

The obvious proof of termination fails: on a nonsmooth function the bisection can land on a kink at every trial, and the paper's §4.2 constructs a convex hhh where it does. Termination therefore cannot follow from Assumption 4.1 alone, and both the existence of acceptable steps and the convergence of the brackets have to be argued through measure: Lemma 4.4 needs the fundamental theorem of calculus for absolutely continuous functions and a supremum argument over almost-everywhere inequalities. The non-termination analysis has to combine the bracket invariant with Lemma 4.4 on every late bracket and with a limit argument for (4.9). The complexity bound needs a careful count of doubling and bisection trials, including the regime b<1b<1b<1 where no doubling occurs.

Formalization scope

The objective is h : ℝ → ℝ; only its values on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) enter. Lebesgue measure is volume with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and "nonzero measure" is volume S ≠ 0. Limits superior and inferior are computed in EReal. The upper bound β\betaβ is in WithTop ℝ, with ⊤=+∞\top=+\infty⊤=+∞. Stopping freezes the state of lsRun. Mathlib's deriv is 000 at nondifferentiable points, so the Wolfe condition, condition (4.8) and (4.9) all state differentiability explicitly.

Deviations from the page, each disclosed in the item's Formalization Note:

  • Lemma 4.4 adds the standing 0<c1<c2<10<c_1<c_2<10<c1​<c2​<1 and s<0s<0s<0, which its statement omits and its proof uses.
  • Condition (4.8) is read as differentiability on a left neighbourhood of tˉ\bar ttˉ plus existence of the limit, as the proof on p. 148 uses it.
  • (4.9) takes the lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup over points of differentiability left of t~\tilde tt~; an empty such set would give −∞-\infty−∞, so the bound is not vacuous.
  • Weak lower semismoothness restricts the paper's subgradient sequences to derivatives at points of differentiability (no Clarke subdifferential in Mathlib). This weakens the hypothesis and strengthens the theorem; the paper's argument proves it unchanged.
  • Proposition 4.11. The printed upper bound is false for b<1b<1b<1: for s=−1s=-1s=−1, c1=0.6c_1=0.6c1​=0.6, c2=0.9c_2=0.9c2​=0.9 and the convex piecewise linear hhh with slopes −1-1−1 on [0,12][0,\frac12][0,21​] and −0.2-0.2−0.2 on [12,10][\frac12,10][21​,10], the interval is I=(12,1)I=(\frac12,1)I=(21​,1), the bound is 222, and the search needs 333 trials. The bound for d=0d=0d=0 is replaced by 1+max⁡{1+⌊log⁡2(1/a)⌋,0}1+\max\{1+\lfloor\log_2(1/a)\rfloor,0\}1+max{1+⌊log2​(1/a)⌋,0}. The case a=+∞a=+\inftya=+∞ cannot occur under Assumption 4.1, and a trial at a kink inside (b,b+a)(b,b+a)(b,b+a) counts as reaching III.

Algorithm 4.6 is encoded as the literal state machine; a definition of the search as "some Armijo–Wolfe step" or as an arbitrary nested sequence of brackets would make the goal trivial and is ruled out. The Wolfe condition includes differentiability; without it every kink would pass, since 0>c2s0>c_2s0>c2​s.

A complete development needs absolute continuity (AbsolutelyContinuousOnInterval, with almost-everywhere differentiability and the fundamental theorem of calculus, both in Mathlib), the mean value theorem, and facts about one-sided derivatives of convex functions. Lemma 4.4 and the bracket invariant are reusable for other bracketing line searches. Contributions of the milestones in order, of proofs of the definitions' basic properties (all trial steps are positive, the brackets are monotone), and of the §4.2 non-termination example are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, Nonsmooth optimization via quasi-Newton methods, Math. Program. Ser. A 141 (2013) 135–163. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0514-2
  • C. Lemaréchal, A view of line-searches, in: Optimization and Optimal Control, Lecture Notes in Control and Information Sciences 30, Springer, Berlin, 1981, pp. 59–78 (reference [26] of the paper).
  • P. Wolfe, A method of conjugate subgradients for minimizing nondifferentiable functions, Math. Programming Study 3 (1975) 145–173 (reference [51] of the paper).
  • R. Mifflin, An algorithm for constrained optimization with semismooth functions, Math. Oper. Res. 2 (1977) 191–207. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2.2.191
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonsmooth Optimization via Quasi-Newton Methods I: With an Exact Line Search on the Euclidean Norm in ℝ², Quasi-Newton Iterates Converge Q-Linearly at Rate 1/2, Turning by π/3Research Paper

Quasi-Newton methods on nonsmooth functions

Quasi-Newton methods, BFGS above all, are the standard tool for smooth unconstrained minimization. They are also used directly on nonsmooth functions, where in practice they often converge to stationary points with linearly converging function values; the paper documents applications such as the design of low-order controllers (Lewis–Overton 2013, abstract and §1). Theory lags behind: as Lukšan and Vlček wrote, quoted on p. 136, "no global convergence has been proved for standard variable metric methods applied to nonsmooth problems". Methods with proved convergence modify quasi-Newton steps with bundle ideas; the unmodified method remains unexplained.

Lewis and Overton isolate the simplest nonsmooth case in which a complete analysis is possible: the Euclidean norm in the plane, minimized by any quasi-Newton method with an exact line search. The norm is differentiable everywhere except at its minimizer, so the method is well defined until it reaches the solution, yet the function is genuinely nonsmooth at the point the iterates approach. This mission formalizes that analysis (§3.1 of the paper).

Setting

Write ∥x∥=xTx\|x\| = \sqrt{x^Tx}∥x∥=xTx​ for the Euclidean norm of x∈R2x \in \mathbb R^2x∈R2 and f(x)=∥x∥f(x) = \|x\|f(x)=∥x∥. For x≠0x \neq 0x=0, fff is differentiable with gradient ∇f(x)=∥x∥−1x\nabla f(x) = \|x\|^{-1}x∇f(x)=∥x∥−1x; at x=0x = 0x=0 it is not differentiable.

A quasi-Newton method (Algorithm 2.1 of the paper) starts from x0≠0x_0 \neq 0x0​=0 and a symmetric positive definite matrix H0H_0H0​. At iteration k=0,1,…k = 0, 1, \dotsk=0,1,… it

  1. sets the search direction pk=−Hk∇f(xk)p_k = -H_k\nabla f(x_k)pk​=−Hk​∇f(xk​);
  2. sets xk+1=xk+tkpkx_{k+1} = x_k + t_kp_kxk+1​=xk​+tk​pk​, where tk>0t_k > 0tk​>0 is chosen by a line search;
  3. stops if fff is not differentiable at xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​ or ∇f(xk+1)=0\nabla f(x_{k+1}) = 0∇f(xk+1​)=0;
  4. otherwise sets yk=∇f(xk+1)−∇f(xk)y_k = \nabla f(x_{k+1}) - \nabla f(x_k)yk​=∇f(xk+1​)−∇f(xk​) and chooses any symmetric positive definite Hk+1H_{k+1}Hk+1​ satisfying the secant condition Hk+1yk=tkpkH_{k+1}y_k = t_kp_kHk+1​yk​=tk​pk​.

The line search is exact: tkt_ktk​ minimizes t↦∥xk+tpk∥t \mapsto \|x_k + tp_k\|t↦∥xk​+tpk​∥. For the norm, the method stops exactly when some iterate equals 000; "the algorithm does not terminate" means xk≠0x_k \neq 0xk​=0 for every kkk. The BFGS update (2.2) is one particular choice of Hk+1H_{k+1}Hk+1​.

Two plane notions describe the motion of the iterates: the unsigned angle ∠(u,v)=arccos⁡(uTv/(∥u∥∥v∥))∈[0,π]\angle(u,v) = \arccos\big(u^Tv/(\|u\|\|v\|)\big) \in [0,\pi]∠(u,v)=arccos(uTv/(∥u∥∥v∥))∈[0,π], and the orientation sign of cross⁡(u,v)=u1v2−u2v1\operatorname{cross}(u,v) = u_1v_2 - u_2v_1cross(u,v)=u1​v2​−u2​v1​, positive when vvv is a counterclockwise turn of uuu. A real sequence τk\tau_kτk​ converges to μ\muμ Q-linearly with rate rrr when τk→μ\tau_k \to \muτk​→μ and ∣τk+1−μ∣/∣τk−μ∣→r|\tau_{k+1}-\mu|/|\tau_k-\mu| \to r∣τk+1​−μ∣/∣τk​−μ∣→r (p. 141). Finally, θk\theta_kθk​ denotes the angle between pkp_kpk​ and −xk-x_k−xk​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 142)

For every non-terminating run of the method above, with any positive definite secant updates,

∥xk+1∥∥xk∥→12,∥xk∥→0,∠(xk,xk+1)→π3,\frac{\|x_{k+1}\|}{\|x_k\|} \to \frac12,\qquad \|x_k\|\to 0,\qquad \angle(x_k,x_{k+1}) \to \frac{\pi}{3},∥xk​∥∥xk+1​∥​→21​,∥xk​∥→0,∠(xk​,xk+1​)→3π​,

and there is σ∈{1,−1}\sigma \in \{1,-1\}σ∈{1,−1} with σcross⁡(xk,xk+1)>0\sigma\operatorname{cross}(x_k,x_{k+1}) > 0σcross(xk​,xk+1​)>0 for all large kkk: the iterates eventually rotate in one consistent direction.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1 (p. 141): for a general fff in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, if tkt_ktk​ is a local minimizer along the line and fff is differentiable at xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​, then pk+1Tyk=0p_{k+1}^Ty_k = 0pk+1T​yk​=0.
  2. One exact step (p. 142, the display for xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​): with x+=x+tpx^+ = x + tpx+=x+tp the exact step, 0<θ<π/20<\theta<\pi/20<θ<π/2, ∥x+∥=∥x∥sin⁡θ\|x^+\| = \|x\|\sin\theta∥x+∥=∥x∥sinθ, ∠(x,x+)=π/2−θ\angle(x,x^+) = \pi/2-\theta∠(x,x+)=π/2−θ, and x+x^+x+ lies on the side of ppp.
  3. The angle recursion (p. 142): sin⁡θk+1=(1−sin⁡θk)/2\sin\theta_{k+1} = \sqrt{(1-\sin\theta_k)/2}sinθk+1​=(1−sinθk​)/2​.
  4. The contraction (p. 142): s↦(1−s)/2s\mapsto\sqrt{(1-s)/2}s↦(1−s)/2​ maps [0,1][0,1][0,1] onto [0,1/2][0,1/\sqrt2][0,1/2​], is a contraction there, and its iterates tend to 1/21/21/2.
  5. Proposition 3.3 (p. 143): BFGS from x0=[1;0]x_0 = [1;0]x0​=[1;0], H0=[3−3−33]H_0 = \begin{bmatrix}3&-\sqrt3\\-\sqrt3&3\end{bmatrix}H0​=[3−3​​−3​3​] never stops and gives exactly xk=2−k[cos⁡(kπ/3);sin⁡(kπ/3)]x_k = 2^{-k}[\cos(k\pi/3);\sin(k\pi/3)]xk​=2−k[cos(kπ/3);sin(kπ/3)].

Significance

Theorem 3.2 is a complete convergence-rate analysis of unmodified quasi-Newton methods on a function that is nonsmooth at its minimizer. It shows that the observed linear convergence is not an artefact of a particular update: the rate 1/21/21/2 and the turn π/3\pi/3π/3 are forced by the exact line search and the secant condition alone, for every positive definite secant update. Proposition 3.3 shows that both constants are attained exactly by BFGS, so the theorem cannot be improved. The paper's experiments for n>2n > 2n>2 (§3.2, p. 143) suggest similar behaviour, with observed rates growing with nnn, and the authors state that they do not know how to extend the analysis; a formal two-dimensional analysis is the natural base for any attempt in higher dimension.

As far as we know none of these results has a machine-checked proof. A formalization would contribute the first verified statements about quasi-Newton iterations on a nonsmooth function, a reusable form of the exact-line-search orthogonality (Proposition 3.1, valid for any fff in any dimension), and an explicit, checked BFGS run in closed form.

Difficulty

The analysis rests on rotating and scaling so that xk=[1;0]x_k = [1;0]xk​=[1;0], after which every quantity is an explicit trigonometric expression. In a formal setting this "without loss of generality" is not free: one must show that the exact step, the angles, the secant condition and the next direction all transform correctly under rotations and scalings, or carry out the computation in invariant form. The direction pk+1p_{k+1}pk+1​ is only known up to sign from Proposition 3.1; fixing the sign requires positive definiteness of Hk+1H_{k+1}Hk+1​. The orientation claim is the most delicate part: the paper argues it from approximate values for large kkk, which has to become an exact sign argument that holds eventually. Proposition 3.3 needs an induction through the BFGS formula with exact arithmetic in 3\sqrt33​, including that each updated matrix stays positive definite.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin 2 → ℝ (or Fin n → ℝ in Proposition 3.1) and matrices Matrix (Fin 2) (Fin 2) ℝ. The Euclidean norm is written out as xTx\sqrt{x^Tx}xTx​, since Lean's default norm on Fin 2 → ℝ is the sup norm; with the sup norm every statement would change meaning. The gradient of the norm is the explicit formula ∥x∥−1x\|x\|^{-1}x∥x∥−1x. Positive definiteness is Matrix.PosDef, which includes symmetry (Proposition 3.1 needs it). A run is the predicate IsExactNormRun: x0≠0x_0\neq0x0​=0, positive definite HkH_kHk​, tk>0t_k>0tk​>0, exact steps minimizing over all real ttt (equivalent to t>0t>0t>0 here, because pkp_kpk​ is a descent direction), and the secant condition whenever the method has not stopped. Non-termination is the separate hypothesis xk≠0x_k\neq0xk​=0 for all kkk. Q-linear convergence of the vectors is read through the real sequence ∥xk∥\|x_k\|∥xk​∥, following the proof's last line. Angles are unsigned and orientation is the sign of cross; "consistent orientation" is an eventual sign, not a limit of signed angles.

Corrections relative to the printed text, each disclosed in the item's Formalization Note:

  • Proposition 3.3 says the iterates rotate clockwise; they rotate counterclockwise (x1=[1/4;3/4]x_1 = [1/4;\sqrt3/4]x1​=[1/4;3​/4]), and the Lean states the counterclockwise formula.
  • The proof of Theorem 3.2 says "the angle θk\theta_kθk​ approaches π/3\pi/3π/3"; in fact θk→π/6\theta_k\to\pi/6θk​→π/6 and the turn π/2−θk\pi/2-\theta_kπ/2−θk​ tends to π/3\pi/3π/3. No item states a limit for θk\theta_kθk​.
  • The remark before Theorem 3.2 that termination "can happen only if Hk−1H_{k-1}Hk−1​ is a multiple of the identity" is false (H0=diag⁡(1,2)H_0 = \operatorname{diag}(1,2)H0​=diag(1,2), x0=[1;0]x_0=[1;0]x0​=[1;0] gives x1=0x_1 = 0x1​=0) and is not formalized.
  • The display for xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​ is a normalized form; its milestone states the invariant content for arbitrary x≠0x\neq0x=0.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the run predicate keeps positive definiteness and exactness (without them pkp_kpk​ may be an ascent direction and Theorem 3.2 is false), its secant field is guarded so that it never involves the junk gradient at 000, and Proposition 3.3's existence clause certifies that the predicate is satisfiable.

The development needs elementary plane geometry with arccos, the BFGS update (reused from the published definition ShannoCG.SCONB.bfgsUpdate), and the contraction principle (Mathlib's ContractingWith). Rotation-invariance lemmas for the method would be reusable for any analysis of quasi-Newton methods on norms. Proofs of any milestone, and in particular an invariant treatment of the normalization step, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, Nonsmooth optimization via quasi-Newton methods, Math. Program. Ser. A 141 (2013) 135–163. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0514-2
  • D. F. Shanno, Conjugate gradient methods with inexact searches, Math. Oper. Res. 3 (1978) 244–256 (the additive form of the BFGS update). https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.3.3.244
  • J. Nocedal, S. J. Wright, Numerical Optimization, 2nd ed., Springer, 2006 (quasi-Newton methods and the secant condition). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-40065-5
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Convergence of the Proximal Algorithm for Nonsmooth Functions Involving Analytic Features: Bounded Proximal Sequences of Łojasiewicz Functions Have Finite Length and a Critical LimitResearch Paper

Motivation

The proximal algorithm is the basic implicit scheme for minimizing a function fff: from the current point xkx^kxk it moves to a minimizer of fff plus a quadratic penalty on the distance travelled. For convex fff its convergence theory is classical (Martinet 1970, Rockafellar 1976). For nonconvex, nonsmooth fff the situation is different: descent and boundedness give only that limit points are critical, and the whole sequence may fail to converge even for smooth fff (Palis–de Melo; Absil, Mahony and Andrews, SIAM J. Optim. 2005).

Attouch and Bolte (Math. Program. 116, 2009, online 2007; author's version hal-00803898) showed that the Łojasiewicz inequality, which holds for real-analytic functions and for continuous subanalytic functions, restores convergence of the whole sequence for the nonsmooth proximal algorithm, together with explicit rates. The argument is Łojasiewicz's original gradient-flow idea transferred to a discrete, nonsmooth setting. It became the template for the later convergence analyses of proximal alternating minimization, forward–backward splitting and PALM under the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property, which are used throughout nonconvex optimization, signal processing and machine learning.

Timeline:

  • 1963: Łojasiewicz proves his gradient inequality for real-analytic functions and deduces convergence of bounded gradient trajectories.
  • 2005: Absil, Mahony and Andrews prove convergence of descent methods for analytic cost functions.
  • 2007: Bolte, Daniilidis and Lewis extend the inequality to nonsmooth subanalytic functions with the limiting subdifferential (SIAM J. Optim. 17).
  • 2007/2009: Attouch and Bolte prove the result of this mission for the proximal algorithm.

Setting

Points live in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣. Let f:Rn→R∪{+∞}f:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}f:Rn→R∪{+∞} be proper (never −∞-\infty−∞, finite somewhere) and lower semicontinuous, with domain dom⁡f={x:f(x)<+∞}\operatorname{dom} f=\{x: f(x)<+\infty\}domf={x:f(x)<+∞}.

The limiting subdifferential ∂f(x)\partial f(x)∂f(x) is the set of limits x∗x^*x∗ of Fréchet subgradients xj∗∈∂^f(xj)x_j^*\in\hat\partial f(x_j)xj∗​∈∂^f(xj​) along sequences xj→xx_j\to xxj​→x with f(xj)→f(x)f(x_j)\to f(x)f(xj​)→f(x). A point with 0∈∂f(x)0\in\partial f(x)0∈∂f(x) is critical, and the set of critical points is crit⁡f\operatorname{crit} fcritf.

Fix 0<λ−<λ+<+∞0<\lambda_-<\lambda_+<+\infty0<λ−​<λ+​<+∞ and step sizes λk∈(λ−,λ+)\lambda_k\in(\lambda_-,\lambda_+)λk​∈(λ−​,λ+​). From an arbitrary x0x^0x0 the proximal algorithm produces

xk+1∈argmin⁡{f(u)+12λk∣u−xk∣2:u∈Rn}.(2)x^{k+1}\in\operatorname{argmin}\Big\{f(u)+\frac{1}{2\lambda_k}|u-x^k|^2 : u\in\mathbb R^n\Big\}.\qquad(2)xk+1∈argmin{f(u)+2λk​1​∣u−xk∣2:u∈Rn}.(2)

Any minimizer may be selected. The standing hypotheses are

  • (H1) inf⁡Rnf>−∞\inf_{\mathbb R^n} f>-\inftyinfRn​f>−∞;
  • (H2) the restriction of fff to dom⁡f\operatorname{dom} fdomf is continuous;
  • (H3) the Łojasiewicz property: for every critical point x^\hat xx^ there are C,ε>0C,\varepsilon>0C,ε>0 and θ∈[0,1)\theta\in[0,1)θ∈[0,1) with
∣f(x)−f(x^)∣θ≤C∣x∗∣∀x∈B(x^,ε), ∀x∗∈∂f(x),(5)|f(x)-f(\hat x)|^\theta\le C|x^*|\qquad\forall x\in B(\hat x,\varepsilon),\ \forall x^*\in\partial f(x),\qquad(5)∣f(x)−f(x^)∣θ≤C∣x∗∣∀x∈B(x^,ε), ∀x∗∈∂f(x),(5)

with the convention 00=00^0=000=0 (Remark 4). The number θ\thetaθ in (5) at a point is a Łojasiewicz exponent of that point.

ω(x0)\omega(x^0)ω(x0) denotes the set of limit points of (xk)(x^k)(xk).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (convergence)

Under (H1), (H2), (H3), if (xk)(x^k)(xk) is bounded then

∑k=0∞∣xk+1−xk∣<+∞andxk→x∞∈crit⁡f.\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}|x^{k+1}-x^k|<+\infty\quad\text{and}\quad x^k\to x^\infty\in\operatorname{crit} f.k=0∑∞​∣xk+1−xk∣<+∞andxk→x∞∈critf.

It fixes no constants and holds for every admissible step sequence and every selection in (2).

Milestones

  • (3): xk+1=xk−λkgk+1x^{k+1}=x^k-\lambda_k g^{k+1}xk+1=xk−λk​gk+1 with gk+1∈∂f(xk+1)g^{k+1}\in\partial f(x^{k+1})gk+1∈∂f(xk+1).
  • Proposition 2 (i)–(ii): f(xk)f(x^k)f(xk) is nonincreasing and ∑∣xk+1−xk∣2<∞\sum|x^{k+1}-x^k|^2<\infty∑∣xk+1−xk∣2<∞.
  • Proposition 2 (iii): ω(x0)⊂crit⁡f\omega(x^0)\subset\operatorname{crit} fω(x0)⊂critf under (H2).
  • Proposition 2 (iv): for bounded (xk)(x^k)(xk), ω(x0)\omega(x^0)ω(x0) is nonempty, compact and connected, and d(xk,ω(x0))→0d(x^k,\omega(x^0))\to0d(xk,ω(x0))→0.
  • Lemma 3 (i): fff is constant on a connected set of critical points.
  • Lemma 3 (ii): (5) holds with common constants on {x:d(x,K)≤ε}\{x: d(x,K)\le\varepsilon\}{x:d(x,K)≤ε} for compact connected K⊂crit⁡fK\subset\operatorname{crit} fK⊂critf.
  • (8) and (9), the one-step and summed length estimates of the proof.

Further statements

Theorem 5 (rates): with θ\thetaθ a Łojasiewicz exponent of x∞x^\inftyx∞, θ=0\theta=0θ=0 gives finite termination, θ∈(0,12]\theta\in(0,\frac12]θ∈(0,21​] gives ∣xk−x∞∣≤cQk|x^k-x^\infty|\le cQ^k∣xk−x∞∣≤cQk with Q∈[0,1)Q\in[0,1)Q∈[0,1), and θ∈(12,1)\theta\in(\frac12,1)θ∈(21​,1) gives ∣xk−x∞∣≤c k−(1−θ)/(2θ−1)|x^k-x^\infty|\le c\,k^{-(1-\theta)/(2\theta-1)}∣xk−x∞∣≤ck−(1−θ)/(2θ−1). Also: well-posedness of (2) under (H1), Proposition 2 (v), and Remark 2.

Significance

The theorem turns subsequential convergence into convergence of the whole sequence, with finite length, for a class that includes semi-algebraic, real-analytic and continuous subanalytic functions. Finite length is the property later used to analyse splitting and alternating schemes under the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property, and Theorem 5 is the first rate classification by the Łojasiewicz exponent for a nonsmooth algorithm.

The results are proved on paper. No machine-checked proof of Theorem 4 or Theorem 5 is known to exist. A formalization adds a checked convergence theorem for the nonsmooth proximal algorithm with extended-real-valued fff, and a reusable set of descent, limit-set and uniformization lemmas that apply to other Łojasiewicz-type analyses.

Difficulty

Descent and ∑∣xk+1−xk∣2<∞\sum|x^{k+1}-x^k|^2<\infty∑∣xk+1−xk∣2<∞ give only ∣xk+1−xk∣→0|x^{k+1}-x^k|\to0∣xk+1−xk∣→0, which does not imply convergence: the iterates can circle a continuum of critical points with square-summable but non-summable steps, as in the counterexamples for smooth functions. The step that must be supplied is summability of ∣xk+1−xk∣|x^{k+1}-x^k|∣xk+1−xk∣ itself. The local inequality (5) holds only near one critical point with its own constants, while the iterates approach a whole compact set ω(x0)\omega(x^0)ω(x0), so the local constants first have to be made uniform near that set. The nonsmooth setting adds two difficulties: fff takes the value +∞+\infty+∞, and subgradients are limits of Fréchet subgradients, so their closure properties have to be established for this subdifferential.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); n=0n=0n=0 is allowed. fff is EReal-valued and proper means never ⊥\bot⊥ and somewhere not ⊤\top⊤. Lower semicontinuity is Mathlib's LowerSemicontinuous. (H2) is ContinuousOn f {x | f x ≠ ⊤}. The limiting subdifferential and crit⁡f\operatorname{crit} fcritf are the published platform definitions NonconvexSplitting.Shared.LimitingSubdiff and NonsmoothLojasiewicz.Continuous.crit. Algorithm (2) is a predicate on a sequence (every step is some minimizer), not a proximal map. Limit points are cluster points of the sequence. The power in (5) is lojPow θ s = if s = 0 then 0 else s ^ θ, which implements 00=00^0=000=0; real values of fff are used only where fff is finite.

Standing assumptions carried by the goal and Theorem 5: fff proper and lower semicontinuous, (H1), (H2), (H3), 0<λ−<λ+0<\lambda_-<\lambda_+0<λ−​<λ+​ with λk∈(λ−,λ+)\lambda_k\in(\lambda_-,\lambda_+)λk​∈(λ−​,λ+​), a sequence complying with (2), and boundedness of its range. Milestones drop the assumptions their claims do not use. The milestones (8) and (9) also assume xk+1≠xkx^{k+1}\ne x^kxk+1=xk for all kkk and use ℓ=inf⁡kf(xk)\ell=\inf_k f(x^k)ℓ=infk​f(xk). Both come from the proof's normalization. This reduction is not a hypothesis of Theorem 4: a goal that assumed it, mentioned the constants θ,M,N0,r\theta,M,N_0,rθ,M,N0​,r, or assumed (8) would not be the paper's theorem.

The development needs the closure properties of the limiting subdifferential, the Fermat rule for proximal steps, and compactness and connectedness of limit sets of sequences with vanishing steps. These are reusable for every Łojasiewicz-type convergence proof. Proofs of individual milestones, of the rate lemmas in the proof of Theorem 5, and of the example f(x)=∣x∣2/2f(x)=|x|^2/2f(x)=∣x∣2/2 are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Attouch, J. Bolte, On the convergence of the proximal algorithm for nonsmooth functions involving analytic features, Math. Program. 116(1–2):5–16, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0133-5 (author's version: https://hal.science/hal-00803898v1)
  • J. Bolte, A. Daniilidis, A. Lewis, The Łojasiewicz inequality for nonsmooth subanalytic functions with applications to subgradient dynamical systems, SIAM J. Optim. 17(4):1205–1223, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/050644641
  • P.-A. Absil, R. Mahony, B. Andrews, Convergence of the iterates of descent methods for analytic cost functions, SIAM J. Optim. 16(2):531–547, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1137/040605266
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • S. Łojasiewicz, Une propriété topologique des sous-ensembles analytiques réels, in Les Équations aux Dérivées Partielles, CNRS, Paris, 1963, pp. 87–89.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

A Regression-Based Monte Carlo Method to Solve Backward Stochastic Differential Equations I: Projection Errors of the Picard–Regression Scheme Accumulate AdditivelyResearch Paper

Motivation

A backward stochastic differential equation (BSDE) prescribes the value of a process at a terminal time and asks for an adapted process that reaches it while following a given drift. In mathematical finance the price of a contingent claim, and its hedging strategy, solve such an equation; when the market has frictions (different borrowing and lending rates, for example) the drift, called the driver, is nonlinear and no closed form exists. Numerical methods for BSDEs are therefore methods for pricing and hedging under nonlinear models, and also for semilinear parabolic PDEs, which BSDEs represent probabilistically.

Gobet, Lemor and Warin (Ann. Appl. Probab. 15 (2005), arXiv:math/0508491) proposed and analysed a simulation scheme in which every conditional expectation of a backward time-stepping recursion is replaced by a least-squares regression on finitely many functions, as in the Longstaff–Schwartz method for American options. Their analysis splits the total error into three parts: time discretization (Theorem 1, from Zhang's results), replacing conditional expectations by L2\mathbf L_2L2​ projections on function bases (Theorem 2), and replacing those projections by empirical regressions on MMM simulated paths (Theorem 3). This mission formalizes the second part.

Timeline. Zhang (Ann. Appl. Probab. 14 (2004)) and Bouchard and Touzi (Stoch. Proc. Appl. 111 (2004)) established the h\sqrt hh​ rate of the time discretization. Bouchard and Touzi's regression error (their reference [6] in the paper, Theorem 4.1 there) was expressed through the residuals of the scheme's own iterates. Gobet, Lemor and Warin (2005) gave the bound in terms of the residuals of the discrete BSDE, together with estimates on ZZZ.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0, dimensions d,q≥1d,q\ge1d,q≥1, a drift b(t,x)∈Rdb(t,x)\in\mathbb R^db(t,x)∈Rd and a diffusion matrix σ(t,x)∈Rd×q\sigma(t,x)\in\mathbb R^{d\times q}σ(t,x)∈Rd×q, both Lipschitz in (t,x)(t,x)(t,x) ((H1)), and a driver f(t,x,y,z)∈Rf(t,x,y,z)\in\mathbb Rf(t,x,y,z)∈R with

∣f(t2,x2,y2,z2)−f(t1,x1,y1,z1)∣≤Cf(∣t2−t1∣1/2+∣x2−x1∣+∣y2−y1∣+∣z2−z1∣)(H2).|f(t_2,x_2,y_2,z_2)-f(t_1,x_1,y_1,z_1)|\le C_f\big(|t_2-t_1|^{1/2}+|x_2-x_1|+|y_2-y_1|+|z_2-z_1|\big)\qquad\textbf{(H2)}.∣f(t2​,x2​,y2​,z2​)−f(t1​,x1​,y1​,z1​)∣≤Cf​(∣t2​−t1​∣1/2+∣x2​−x1​∣+∣y2​−y1​∣+∣z2​−z1​∣)(H2).

For N≥1N\ge1N≥1 put h=T/Nh=T/Nh=T/N and tk=kht_k=khtk​=kh. On a probability space with a filtration (Fk)(\mathcal F_k)(Fk​), the increments ΔWk∈Rq\Delta W_k\in\mathbb R^qΔWk​∈Rq are Fk+1\mathcal F_{k+1}Fk+1​-measurable, independent of Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ and Gaussian N(0,hIq)\mathcal N(0,hI_q)N(0,hIq​); ΔWl,k\Delta W_{l,k}ΔWl,k​ is the lll-th component. The Euler scheme is St0N=S0S^N_{t_0}=S_0St0​N​=S0​, Stk+1N=StkN+b(tk,StkN)h+σ(tk,StkN)ΔWkS^N_{t_{k+1}}=S^N_{t_k}+b(t_k,S^N_{t_k})h+\sigma(t_k,S^N_{t_k})\Delta W_kStk+1​N​=Stk​N​+b(tk​,Stk​N​)h+σ(tk​,Stk​N​)ΔWk​. An Fk\mathcal F_kFk​-adapted process PtkN∈Rd′P^N_{t_k}\in\mathbb R^{d'}Ptk​N​∈Rd′ extends StkNS^N_{t_k}Stk​N​ by extra state variables, and the terminal value is ΦN(PtNN)\Phi^N(P^N_{t_N})ΦN(PtN​N​), square integrable.

Write Ek=E(⋅∣Fk)\mathbb E_k=\mathbb E(\cdot\mid\mathcal F_k)Ek​=E(⋅∣Fk​). The discrete BSDE is YtNN=ΦN(PtNN)Y^N_{t_N}=\Phi^N(P^N_{t_N})YtN​N​=ΦN(PtN​N​) and, for k<Nk<Nk<N,

Zl,tkN=1hEk(Ytk+1NΔWl,k),YtkN=Ek(Ytk+1N)+hf(tk,StkN,YtkN,ZtkN).Z^N_{l,t_k}=\tfrac1h\mathbb E_k(Y^N_{t_{k+1}}\Delta W_{l,k}),\qquad Y^N_{t_k}=\mathbb E_k(Y^N_{t_{k+1}})+hf(t_k,S^N_{t_k},Y^N_{t_k},Z^N_{t_k}).Zl,tk​N​=h1​Ek​(Ytk+1​N​ΔWl,k​),Ytk​N​=Ek​(Ytk+1​N​)+hf(tk​,Stk​N​,Ytk​N​,Ztk​N​).

A function basis pl,k(PtkN)∈Rnl,kp_{l,k}(P^N_{t_k})\in\mathbb R^{n_{l,k}}pl,k​(Ptk​N​)∈Rnl,k​ (0≤l≤q0\le l\le q0≤l≤q) is square integrable with invertible Gram matrix E(pl,kpl,k∗)\mathbb E(p_{l,k}p_{l,k}^*)E(pl,k​pl,k∗​). Pp(U)\mathcal P_{p}(U)Pp​(U) is the L2(Ω,P)\mathbf L_2(\Omega,\mathbb P)L2​(Ω,P) orthogonal projection of UUU onto the span of the basis, and Rp(U)=U−Pp(U)\mathcal R_p(U)=U-\mathcal P_p(U)Rp​(U)=U−Pp​(U).

The projection–Picard scheme with III iterations (Definition 1) produces YtkN,i,I=α0,ki,I⋅p0,kY^{N,i,I}_{t_k}=\alpha^{i,I}_{0,k}\cdot p_{0,k}Ytk​N,i,I​=α0,ki,I​⋅p0,k​ and Zl,tkN,i,I=αl,ki,I⋅pl,kZ^{N,i,I}_{l,t_k}=\alpha^{i,I}_{l,k}\cdot p_{l,k}Zl,tk​N,i,I​=αl,ki,I​⋅pl,k​, starting from α0,I=0\alpha^{0,I}=0α0,I=0, where αki,I\alpha^{i,I}_kαki,I​ minimizes

E(Ytk+1N,I,I−α0⋅p0,k+hf(tk,StkN,YtkN,i−1,I,ZtkN,i−1,I)−∑l=1qαl⋅pl,kΔWl,k)2.(9)\mathbb E\Big(Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}-\alpha_0\cdot p_{0,k}+hf(t_k,S^N_{t_k},Y^{N,i-1,I}_{t_k},Z^{N,i-1,I}_{t_k})-\sum_{l=1}^q\alpha_l\cdot p_{l,k}\Delta W_{l,k}\Big)^2.\qquad(9)E(Ytk+1​N,I,I​−α0​⋅p0,k​+hf(tk​,Stk​N​,Ytk​N,i−1,I​,Ztk​N,i−1,I​)−l=1∑q​αl​⋅pl,k​ΔWl,k​)2.(9)

Finally AN(S0)=1+∣S0∣2+E∣ΦN(PtNN)∣2\mathcal A^N(S_0)=1+|S_0|^2+\mathbb E|\Phi^N(P^N_{t_N})|^2AN(S0​)=1+∣S0​∣2+E∣ΦN(PtN​N​)∣2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 11)

For hhh small enough,

max⁡0≤k≤NE∣YtkN,I,I−YtkN∣2+h∑k=0N−1E∣ZtkN,I,I−ZtkN∣2≤Ch2I−2AN(S0)+C∑k=0N−1E∣Rp0,k(YtkN)∣2+Ch∑k=0N−1∑l=1qE∣Rpl,k(Zl,tkN)∣2.\max_{0\le k\le N}\mathbb E|Y^{N,I,I}_{t_k}-Y^N_{t_k}|^2+h\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\mathbb E|Z^{N,I,I}_{t_k}-Z^N_{t_k}|^2\le Ch^{2I-2}\mathcal A^N(S_0)+C\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\mathbb E|\mathcal R_{p_{0,k}}(Y^N_{t_k})|^2+Ch\sum_{k=0}^{N-1}\sum_{l=1}^q\mathbb E|\mathcal R_{p_{l,k}}(Z^N_{l,t_k})|^2 .0≤k≤Nmax​E∣Ytk​N,I,I​−Ytk​N​∣2+hk=0∑N−1​E∣Ztk​N,I,I​−Ztk​N​∣2≤Ch2I−2AN(S0​)+Ck=0∑N−1​E∣Rp0,k​​(Ytk​N​)∣2+Chk=0∑N−1​l=1∑q​E∣Rpl,k​​(Zl,tk​N​)∣2.

Milestones

  1. (10)–(11): the minimizer of (9) is given by projections, Zl,tkN,i,I=1hPpl,k(Ytk+1N,I,IΔWl,k)Z^{N,i,I}_{l,t_k}=\frac1h\mathcal P_{p_{l,k}}(Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}\Delta W_{l,k})Zl,tk​N,i,I​=h1​Ppl,k​​(Ytk+1​N,I,I​ΔWl,k​) and YtkN,i,I=Pp0,k(Ytk+1N,I,I+hf(…,YtkN,i−1,I,ZtkN,i−1,I))Y^{N,i,I}_{t_k}=\mathcal P_{p_{0,k}}(Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}+hf(\dots,Y^{N,i-1,I}_{t_k},Z^{N,i-1,I}_{t_k}))Ytk​N,i,I​=Pp0,k​​(Ytk+1​N,I,I​+hf(…,Ytk​N,i−1,I​,Ztk​N,i−1,I​)).
  2. (12): h E∣Zl,tkN,i,I∣2≤E∣Ytk+1N,I,I∣2−E∣Ek(Ytk+1N,I,I)∣2h\,\mathbb E|Z^{N,i,I}_{l,t_k}|^2\le\mathbb E|Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}|^2-\mathbb E|\mathbb E_k(Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}})|^2hE∣Zl,tk​N,i,I​∣2≤E∣Ytk+1​N,I,I​∣2−E∣Ek​(Ytk+1​N,I,I​)∣2.
  3. (13): the map Y↦Pp0,k(Ytk+1N,I,I+hf(tk,StkN,Y,ZtkN,I,I))Y\mapsto\mathcal P_{p_{0,k}}(Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}+hf(t_k,S^N_{t_k},Y,Z^{N,I,I}_{t_k}))Y↦Pp0,k​​(Ytk+1​N,I,I​+hf(tk​,Stk​N​,Y,Ztk​N,I,I​)) is a (Cfh)(C_fh)(Cf​h)-contraction on L2(Fk)\mathbf L_2(\mathcal F_k)L2​(Fk​) with a unique fixed point.
  4. The discrete Gronwall lemma with ccc-terms (p. 11, item 3).
  5. (19): E∣YtkN,i,I∣2+h E∣Zl,tkN,i,I∣2≤CAN(S0)\mathbb E|Y^{N,i,I}_{t_k}|^2+h\,\mathbb E|Z^{N,i,I}_{l,t_k}|^2\le C\mathcal A^N(S_0)E∣Ytk​N,i,I​∣2+hE∣Zl,tk​N,i,I​∣2≤CAN(S0​), uniformly in III, iii, kkk.

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that the projection errors of a backward regression scheme only add up over the NNN time steps, with a constant that does not grow with NNN, and that they are measured by the residuals of the discrete BSDE itself. That makes the influence of the basis directly computable (the paper's §6 does so for Voronoi-cell indicators), and shows that I=2I=2I=2 Picard iterations already give an error of the order of the time discretization. Combined with Theorem 3 it gives the complete error budget of the algorithm.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge none of it is machine-checked. A complete development provides a formal L2\mathbf L_2L2​-regression calculus for discrete BSDEs (projections on random bases, conditional expectations against Gaussian increments, contraction of Picard maps in L2(Fk)\mathbf L_2(\mathcal F_k)L2​(Fk​)) and a backward discrete Gronwall lemma, all reusable for other regression schemes. One printed step, (14), fails at i=1i=1i=1 (see below), so a formal proof also certifies that the theorem survives the repair.

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares the scheme with the discrete BSDE one step at a time and applies Gronwall. It fails for ZZZ: ZtkN,i,IZ^{N,i,I}_{t_k}Ztk​N,i,I​ carries a factor 1/h1/h1/h, and a naive bound E∣Z∣2≤h−1E∣Y∣2\mathbb E|Z|^2\le h^{-1}\mathbb E|Y|^2E∣Z∣2≤h−1E∣Y∣2 summed over N=T/hN=T/hN=T/h steps explodes. A usable bound has to account for the conditional variance of Ytk+1N,I,IY^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}Ytk+1​N,I,I​ given Fk\mathcal F_kFk​, not only its second moment. The second difficulty is that the projection does not commute with the driver: projection errors enter at every step through the nonlinear fff, and must be bounded by residuals of YNY^NYN and ZNZ^NZN, not of the scheme's iterates. A third is the Picard step: at i=1i=1i=1 the iterate is computed with ZN,0,I=0Z^{N,0,I}=0ZN,0,I=0, so it is not an iterate of the contraction of milestone 3, and the printed inequality (14) E∣YtkN,∞,I−YtkN,i,I∣2≤(Cfh)2iE∣YtkN,∞,I∣2\mathbb E|Y^{N,\infty,I}_{t_k}-Y^{N,i,I}_{t_k}|^2\le(C_fh)^{2i}\mathbb E|Y^{N,\infty,I}_{t_k}|^2E∣Ytk​N,∞,I​−Ytk​N,i,I​∣2≤(Cf​h)2iE∣Ytk​N,∞,I​∣2 fails there; an extra term in E∣ZtkN,I,I∣2\mathbb E|Z^{N,I,I}_{t_k}|^2E∣Ztk​N,I,I​∣2 is needed.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace RegMCBSDE.Projection. Points are in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), the matrix norm in (H1) is the Frobenius norm, and all expectations of squares are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so no junk value of a Bochner integral can make an inequality vacuous. Component mmm (from 000) of ΔWk\Delta W_kΔWk​ is the paper's ΔWm+1,k\Delta W_{m+1,k}ΔWm+1,k​, and the bases are indexed by Fin (q+1) with l=0l=0l=0 for YYY.

Committed readings:

  • (H3) is dropped. It constrains the continuous terminal functional, which no statement involves.
  • The filtration is abstract. Any filtration with Fk+1\mathcal F_{k+1}Fk+1​-measurable increments independent of Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ and of law N(0,hIq)\mathcal N(0,hI_q)N(0,hIq​); the Brownian filtration is one. The Markov representation of PNP^NPN is not used and is dropped.
  • Schemes are relations. (YN,ZN)(Y^N,Z^N)(YN,ZN) is any solution of (5)–(6), and α\alphaα is any family satisfying the arg-min rule (9) for every i≥1i\ge1i≥1 (the paper runs i≤Ii\le Ii≤I; (19) refers to all i≥0i\ge0i≥0). (10)–(11) are a milestone, not the definition.
  • The projection is Mathlib's orthogonal projection in L2(Ω,P)\mathbf L_2(\Omega,\mathbb P)L2​(Ω,P) onto the span of the basis coordinates. It is not defined by the normal equations.
  • Constants. In Theorem 2 and (19), CCC and the threshold h0h_0h0​ of "hhh small enough" are chosen after (T,d,q,b,σ,f,Cf,L)(T,d,q,b,\sigma,f,C_f,L)(T,d,q,b,σ,f,Cf​,L) and before NNN, III, S0S_0S0​, d′d'd′, the probability space, PNP^NPN, ΦN\Phi^NΦN and the bases. A constant chosen after the scheme data would make the theorem trivially true and is ruled out by this quantifier order.
  • Pinned readings. max⁡k\max_kmaxk​ is "for every k≤Nk\le Nk≤N". In (13) the argument ZN,i−1,IZ^{N,i-1,I}ZN,i−1,I is read as ZN,I,IZ^{N,I,I}ZN,I,I, as the displayed (13) shows, and "hhh small enough" is Cfh<1C_fh<1Cf​h<1. (12) is multiplied by hhh to avoid subtraction. (19) is stated for k≤N−1k\le N-1k≤N−1 and every 1≤l≤q1\le l\le q1≤l≤q. (10) is stated where Ytk+1N,I,IΔWl,kY^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}\Delta W_{l,k}Ytk+1​N,I,I​ΔWl,k​ is square integrable, since P\mathcal PP acts on L2\mathbf L_2L2​.
  • Not stated. (14), which is false at i=1i=1i=1, and the steps whose printed derivation passes through it ((15)–(18), (20)–(26)); Theorem 1 and Propositions 1 and 3.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and the Mathlib-level lemmas they need (conditional expectation of a product with an independent centered Gaussian, L2\mathbf L_2L2​ moments of the Euler scheme, the projection identity Pp(U)=Pp(EkU)\mathcal P_p(U)=\mathcal P_p(\mathbb E_kU)Pp​(U)=Pp​(Ek​U) for Fk\mathcal F_kFk​-measurable bases).

Selected references

  • E. Gobet, J.-P. Lemor, X. Warin, A regression-based Monte Carlo method to solve backward stochastic differential equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 15(3), 2172–2202, 2005. arXiv:math/0508491, doi:10.1214/105051605000000412
  • J. Zhang, A numerical scheme for BSDEs, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14(1), 459–488, 2004. doi:10.1214/aoap/1075828058
  • B. Bouchard, N. Touzi, Discrete-time approximation and Monte-Carlo simulation of backward stochastic differential equations, Stoch. Proc. Appl. 111(2), 175–206, 2004. doi:10.1016/j.spa.2004.01.001
  • F. A. Longstaff, E. S. Schwartz, Valuing American options by simulation: a simple least-squares approach, Rev. Financ. Stud. 14(1), 113–147, 2001. doi:10.1093/rfs/14.1.113
9 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

A Regression-Based Monte Carlo Method to Solve Backward Stochastic Differential Equations II: Simulation Error of the Empirical Regression Scheme in the Number of PathsResearch Paper

Motivation

Backward stochastic differential equations (BSDEs) describe the price and the hedge of a contingent claim in models with nonlinear pricing rules (differential interest rates, funding costs, reflected or constrained claims), and give probabilistic representations of semilinear parabolic PDEs (El Karoui, Peng and Quenez, 1997). Their numerical solution in moderate dimension is done by simulation: a backward recursion over a time grid in which each conditional expectation is replaced by a least-squares regression on simulated paths, the same device as the regression method for Bermudan options of Longstaff and Schwartz (2001).

Gobet, Lemor and Warin (2005) split the error of such a scheme into three parts: time discretization (Theorem 1), projection on finite function bases (Theorem 2), and the replacement of L2\mathbf L_2L2​ projections by empirical regressions on MMM simulated paths (Theorem 3). This mission formalizes the third part, which the authors describe as the major contribution of the paper. Its point is that the error from the simulations is controlled nonasymptotically, step by step, without blowing up as the time step hhh shrinks, even though every regression of the backward recursion reuses the same simulated paths.

Setting

A model consists of a horizon T>0T>0T>0, a drift bbb, a diffusion σ\sigmaσ satisfying the Lipschitz condition (H1), and a driver f(t,x,y,z)f(t,x,y,z)f(t,x,y,z) satisfying (H2): ∣f(t2,x2,y2,z2)−f(t1,x1,y1,z1)∣≤Cf(∣t2−t1∣1/2+∣x2−x1∣+∣y2−y1∣+∣z2−z1∣)|f(t_2,x_2,y_2,z_2)-f(t_1,x_1,y_1,z_1)|\le C_f(|t_2-t_1|^{1/2}+|x_2-x_1|+|y_2-y_1|+|z_2-z_1|)∣f(t2​,x2​,y2​,z2​)−f(t1​,x1​,y1​,z1​)∣≤Cf​(∣t2​−t1​∣1/2+∣x2​−x1​∣+∣y2​−y1​∣+∣z2​−z1​∣). For N≥1N\ge1N≥1, h=T/Nh=T/Nh=T/N, tk=kht_k=khtk​=kh, the Euler scheme is Stk+1N=StkN+b(tk,StkN)h+σ(tk,StkN)ΔWkS^N_{t_{k+1}}=S^N_{t_k}+b(t_k,S^N_{t_k})h+\sigma(t_k,S^N_{t_k})\Delta W_kStk+1​N​=Stk​N​+b(tk​,Stk​N​)h+σ(tk​,Stk​N​)ΔWk​, where the increments ΔWk∼N(0,hIq)\Delta W_k\sim\mathcal N(0,hI_q)ΔWk​∼N(0,hIq​) are independent of the past. A chain PtkN∈Rd′P^N_{t_k}\in\mathbb R^{d'}Ptk​N​∈Rd′ extends StkNS^N_{t_k}Stk​N​, and ΦN(PtNN)\Phi^N(P^N_{t_N})ΦN(PtN​N​) is the terminal value.

At each time tkt_ktk​, function bases p0,kp_{0,k}p0,k​ (for YYY) and pl,kp_{l,k}pl,k​, 1≤l≤q1\le l\le q1≤l≤q (for the components of ZZZ) are fixed, orthonormal in the sense E[pl,k(PtkN)pl,k(PtkN)∗]=Id\mathbb E[p_{l,k}(P^N_{t_k})p_{l,k}(P^N_{t_k})^*]=\mathrm{Id}E[pl,k​(Ptk​N​)pl,k​(Ptk​N​)∗]=Id. The projection–Picard scheme (Definition 1) computes coefficients αki,I\alpha^{i,I}_kαki,I​ by III Picard iterations of an L2\mathbf L_2L2​ least-squares problem, and sets YtkN,I,I=α0,kI,I⋅p0,kY^{N,I,I}_{t_k}=\alpha^{I,I}_{0,k}\cdot p_{0,k}Ytk​N,I,I​=α0,kI,I​⋅p0,k​, Zl,tkN,I,I=αl,kI,I⋅pl,kZ^{N,I,I}_{l,t_k}=\alpha^{I,I}_{l,k}\cdot p_{l,k}Zl,tk​N,I,I​=αl,kI,I​⋅pl,k​.

The empirical scheme (4) replaces the expectation by an average over MMM independent simulations (PN,m,ΔWm)(P^{N,m},\Delta W^m)(PN,m,ΔWm) of the path: αki,I,M\alpha^{i,I,M}_kαki,I,M​ minimizes

1M∑m=1M(Ytk+1N,I,I,M,m−α0⋅p0,km+hfkm(αki−1,I,M)−∑l=1qαl⋅pl,kmΔWl,km)2.\frac1M\sum_{m=1}^M\Big(Y^{N,I,I,M,m}_{t_{k+1}}-\alpha_0\cdot p^m_{0,k}+hf^m_k(\alpha^{i-1,I,M}_k)-\sum_{l=1}^q\alpha_l\cdot p^m_{l,k}\Delta W^m_{l,k}\Big)^2 .M1​m=1∑M​(Ytk+1​N,I,I,M,m​−α0​⋅p0,km​+hfkm​(αki−1,I,M​)−l=1∑q​αl​⋅pl,km​ΔWl,km​)2.

The outputs are truncated: with ρl,kN(x)=max⁡(1,C0∣pl,k(x)∣)\rho^N_{l,k}(x)=\max(1,C_0|p_{l,k}(x)|)ρl,kN​(x)=max(1,C0​∣pl,k​(x)∣) and a smooth profile ξ\xiξ equal to the identity on [−3/2,3/2][-3/2,3/2][−3/2,3/2], YtkN,I,I,M=ρ^0,kN(α0,kI,I,M⋅p0,k)Y^{N,I,I,M}_{t_k}=\hat\rho^N_{0,k}(\alpha^{I,I,M}_{0,k}\cdot p_{0,k})Ytk​N,I,I,M​=ρ^​0,kN​(α0,kI,I,M​⋅p0,k​) with ρ^l,kN(x)=ρl,kN(PtkN)ξ(x/ρl,kN(PtkN))\hat\rho^N_{l,k}(x)=\rho^N_{l,k}(P^N_{t_k})\xi(x/\rho^N_{l,k}(P^N_{t_k}))ρ^​l,kN​(x)=ρl,kN​(Ptk​N​)ξ(x/ρl,kN​(Ptk​N​)). The regression vector is [vk]∗=(p0,k∗,p1,k∗ΔW1,k/h,…,pq,k∗ΔWq,k/h)[v_k]^*=(p_{0,k}^*,p_{1,k}^*\Delta W_{1,k}/\sqrt h,\dots,p_{q,k}^*\Delta W_{q,k}/\sqrt h)[vk​]∗=(p0,k∗​,p1,k∗​ΔW1,k​/h​,…,pq,k∗​ΔWq,k​/h​), and the good event AkM\mathbf A^M_kAkM​ (27) asks that the empirical matrices VjM=1M∑mvjm[vjm]∗V^M_j=\frac1M\sum_mv^m_j[v^m_j]^*VjM​=M1​∑m​vjm​[vjm​]∗ and Pl,jM=1M∑mpl,jm[pl,jm]∗P^M_{l,j}=\frac1M\sum_m p^m_{l,j}[p^m_{l,j}]^*Pl,jM​=M1​∑m​pl,jm​[pl,jm​]∗ be close to the identity for all j≥kj\ge kj≥k.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3

For I≥3I\ge3I≥3, orthonormal bases with E∣pl,k∣4<∞\mathbb E|p_{l,k}|^4<\inftyE∣pl,k​∣4<∞, C0C_0C0​ such that the bounds of Proposition 2 hold, and hhh small enough, for 0≤k≤N−10\le k\le N-10≤k≤N−1,

E∣YtkN,I,I−YtkN,I,I,M∣2+h∑j=kN−1E∣ZtjN,I,I−ZtjN,I,I,M∣2≤9∑j=kN−1E(∣ρjN∣21[AkM]c)+ChI−1∑j=kN−1[1+∣S0∣2+E∣ρjN∣2]+ChM∑j=kN−1ϵj,\mathbb E|Y^{N,I,I}_{t_k}-Y^{N,I,I,M}_{t_k}|^2+h\sum_{j=k}^{N-1}\mathbb E|Z^{N,I,I}_{t_j}-Z^{N,I,I,M}_{t_j}|^2\le 9\sum_{j=k}^{N-1}\mathbb E(|\rho^N_j|^2\mathbf 1_{[\mathbf A^M_k]^c})+Ch^{I-1}\sum_{j=k}^{N-1}[1+|S_0|^2+\mathbb E|\rho^N_j|^2]+\frac{C}{hM}\sum_{j=k}^{N-1}\epsilon_j,E∣Ytk​N,I,I​−Ytk​N,I,I,M​∣2+hj=k∑N−1​E∣Ztj​N,I,I​−Ztj​N,I,I,M​∣2≤9j=k∑N−1​E(∣ρjN​∣21[AkM​]c​)+ChI−1j=k∑N−1​[1+∣S0​∣2+E∣ρjN​∣2]+hMC​j=k∑N−1​ϵj​,

where ϵj\epsilon_jϵj​ collects second moments of vjvj∗−Idv_jv_j^*-\mathrm{Id}vj​vj∗​−Id, ∣vj∣2∣p0,j+1∣2|v_j|^2|p_{0,j+1}|^2∣vj​∣2∣p0,j+1​∣2 and ∣vj∣2(1+∣StjN∣2+… )|v_j|^2(1+|S^N_{t_j}|^2+\dots)∣vj​∣2(1+∣Stj​N​∣2+…), written out in full in the goal statement. The constant CCC and the threshold on hhh depend only on the model and on ξ\xiξ.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2: the a priori bounds ∣YtkN,i,I∣≤ρ0,kN|Y^{N,i,I}_{t_k}|\le\rho^N_{0,k}∣Ytk​N,i,I​∣≤ρ0,kN​, h∣Zl,tkN,i,I∣≤ρl,kN\sqrt h|Z^{N,i,I}_{l,t_k}|\le\rho^N_{l,k}h​∣Zl,tk​N,i,I​∣≤ρl,kN​ that fix the truncation levels.
  2. (28)–(29): the empirical least-squares solution and its contraction inequality λmin⁡(VM)∣θx∣2≤∣θx⋅v∣M2≤∣x∣M2\lambda_{\min}(V^M)|\theta_x|^2\le|\theta_x\cdot v|^2_M\le|x|^2_Mλmin​(VM)∣θx​∣2≤∣θx​⋅v∣M2​≤∣x∣M2​.
  3. Lemma 1: on AkM\mathbf A^M_kAkM​ the empirical Picard iterations contract at rate ChChCh to a unique fixed point, with error [Ch]I[Ch]^I[Ch]I after III steps.
  4. (32): the pathwise bound ∣θki,I,M∣2≤C(Ak+1N,M+hBkN,M)|\theta^{i,I,M}_k|^2\le C(\mathcal A^{N,M}_{k+1}+h\mathcal B^{N,M}_k)∣θki,I,M​∣2≤C(Ak+1N,M​+hBkN,M​) on AkM\mathbf A^M_kAkM​.
  5. (34): the expectation formula θk∞,I=E(vk[Ytk+1N,I,I+hfk(αk∞,I)])\theta^{\infty,I}_k=\mathbb E(v_k[Y^{N,I,I}_{t_{k+1}}+hf_k(\alpha^{\infty,I}_k)])θk∞,I​=E(vk​[Ytk+1​N,I,I​+hfk​(αk∞,I​)]).

Significance

Theorem 3 is nonasymptotic: together with Theorems 1 and 2 it lets one compare the three error sources and choose hhh, the bases and MMM jointly for a target accuracy. The 1/(hM)1/(hM)1/(hM) rate shows how many paths a finer time grid requires, and the hI−1h^{I-1}hI−1 term shows that I=3I=3I=3 Picard iterations suffice. The term involving [AkM]c[\mathbf A^M_k]^c[AkM​]c isolates the event on which the empirical regression matrices are badly conditioned, which the truncation keeps under control.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in this mission is open mathematically. No machine-checked proof of any part of it is known. A formal proof would check a long chain of estimates whose constants the paper tracks only as a generic CCC, and would settle the two misprints in the printed statement (see below). The definitions layer (Euler scheme, regression schemes, empirical regression matrices) is reusable for other regression Monte Carlo schemes for BSDEs and for optimal stopping.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to treat each regression as an independent statistical estimation problem and apply a variance bound per time step. This fails because all regressions of the backward recursion use the same MMM paths: the response at time tk+1t_{k+1}tk+1​ is itself a function of the simulations, so the regression at tkt_ktk​ is not a regression of a fixed variable on independent samples. Moreover, the empirical matrix VkMV^M_kVkM​ may be singular, and on that event the empirical coefficients are unbounded unless truncated. A naive per-step bound also produces a factor 1/h1/h1/h at each of the N=T/hN=T/hN=T/h steps, which explodes; the proof must keep the accumulated constants of order one.

Formalization scope

  • All objects are defined in the namespace RegMCBSDE.Simulation. Continuous time is not used: the increments ΔWk\Delta W_kΔWk​ are any family that is Fk+1\mathcal F_{k+1}Fk+1​-measurable, independent of Fk\mathcal F_kFk​ and N(0,hIq)\mathcal N(0,hI_q)N(0,hIq​)-distributed for some filtration. That covers the Brownian case. (H3), a condition on the terminal functional of the continuous path, is dropped. So is the Markov representation of PNP^NPN, which no statement uses.
  • Expectations of squared quantities are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], on both sides of every inequality.
  • Euclidean norms are written as sums of squares. ∥A∥≤c\|A\|\le c∥A∥≤c for symmetric AAA is written as ∣x∗Ax∣≤c∣x∣2|x^*Ax|\le c|x|^2∣x∗Ax∣≤c∣x∣2 for all xxx.
  • The schemes are defined as predicates (any minimizer of each least-squares problem), never through a matrix inverse. The empirical coefficients are required to be measurable functions of the simulations, and any such minimizer is allowed, as the paper says the choice is arbitrary.
  • The reference path at which the fitted coefficients are evaluated is assumed independent of the MMM simulations.
  • Picard iterations are imposed for every i≥1i\ge1i≥1.
  • "For hhh small enough" is formalized as T/N<h0T/N<h_0T/N<h0​. Every constant CCC and every h0h_0h0​ is chosen before NNN, III, MMM, kkk, C0C_0C0​, the bases, S0S_0S0​ and the probability space. A formalization in which CCC is chosen after the scheme data would make every inequality with a positive right-hand side trivially true, and is ruled out.
  • "C0C_0C0​ large enough" in Theorem 3 is the hypothesis that the bounds of Proposition 2 hold for C0C_0C0​.
  • Proposition 2 is stated for hhh small enough. The printed statement omits this condition, which its proof needs through the uniform bound (19).
  • In (32) and Lemma 1, ρ0,NN\rho^N_{0,N}ρ0,NN​, which the paper leaves undefined, is read through the terminal response ΦN(PtNN,m)\Phi^N(P^{N,m}_{t_N})ΦN(PtN​N,m​).
  • Corrections to Theorem 3 (both from the paper's proof, p. 21):
    1. The printed j=N−1j=N-1j=N−1 summand contains the undefined p0,Np_{0,N}p0,N​. It is replaced by E(∣vN−1∣2∣ΦN(PtNN)∣2)\mathbb E(|v_{N-1}|^2|\Phi^N(P^N_{t_N})|^2)E(∣vN−1​∣2∣ΦN(PtN​N​)∣2).
    2. The printed factor E∣ρ0,jN(PtjN)∣2\mathbb E|\rho^N_{0,j}(P^N_{t_j})|^2E∣ρ0,jN​(Ptj​N​)∣2 next to E(∣vj∣2∣p0,j+1∣2)\mathbb E(|v_j|^2|p_{0,j+1}|^2)E(∣vj​∣2∣p0,j+1​∣2) becomes E∣ρ0,j+1N(Ptj+1N)∣2\mathbb E|\rho^N_{0,j+1}(P^N_{t_{j+1}})|^2E∣ρ0,j+1N​(Ptj+1​N​)∣2.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, in particular (28)–(29) (finite-dimensional linear algebra) and (34) (independence and orthonormality), and a construction showing that measurable minimizers of (4) exist.

Selected references

  • E. Gobet, J.-P. Lemor, X. Warin, A regression-based Monte Carlo method to solve backward stochastic differential equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 15(3), 2172–2202, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1214/105051605000000412, preprint https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0508491v1
  • N. El Karoui, S. Peng, M. C. Quenez, Backward stochastic differential equations in finance, Math. Finance 7(1), 1–71, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00022
  • F. A. Longstaff, E. S. Schwartz, Valuing American options by simulation: a simple least-squares approach, Rev. Financ. Stud. 14(1), 113–147, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1093/rfs/14.1.113
  • J. Zhang, A numerical scheme for BSDEs, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14(1), 459–488, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1075828058
  • B. Bouchard, N. Touzi, Discrete-time approximation and Monte-Carlo simulation of backward stochastic differential equations, Stochastic Process. Appl. 111(2), 175–206, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spa.2004.01.001
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Low-rank Matrix Recovery via Iteratively Reweighted Least Squares Minimization 2: A Rank Restricted Isometry Constant δ_4k < √2 − 1 Implies the Strong Rank Null Space Property of Order kResearch Paper

Motivation

Many estimation problems ask for a low-rank matrix from far fewer linear measurements than it has entries: matrix completion, quantum state tomography, recovery of positions from partial distances. The rank minimization problem min⁡rank⁡(X)\min \operatorname{rank}(X)minrank(X) subject to S(X)=M\mathcal S(X) = \mathcal MS(X)=M is NP-hard, so one solves a tractable surrogate instead, either the nuclear-norm minimization min⁡∥X∥∗\min \|X\|_*min∥X∥∗​ subject to S(X)=M\mathcal S(X) = \mathcal MS(X)=M or an iterative scheme such as the iteratively reweighted least squares algorithm IRLS-M of Fornasier, Rauhut and Ward (arXiv:1010.2471).

Guarantees for these surrogates rest on conditions on the measurement map. Two are standard. The restricted isometry property (RIP) asks that S\mathcal SS nearly preserve the Frobenius norm of every low-rank matrix; it holds with high probability for many random maps, and it is what one can verify in practice. The null space property asks that no nonzero matrix in the kernel of S\mathcal SS be concentrated on few singular directions; it is what the recovery proofs actually use. This mission formalizes the bridge between them in the paper's form: a small restricted isometry constant implies the strong rank null space property (SRNSP) that drives the convergence analysis of IRLS-M.

Timeline.

  • 2005: Candès and Tao introduce restricted isometry constants for sparse vectors and prove exact recovery by ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ minimization under a condition on them (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory).
  • 2008: Candès shows that δ2s<2−1\delta_{2s} < \sqrt 2 - 1δ2s​<2​−1 suffices in the vector case (C. R. Math.).
  • 2010: Recht, Fazel and Parrilo define the rank restricted isometry property and prove that nuclear-norm minimization recovers every rank-rrr matrix when δ5r\delta_{5r}δ5r​ is small enough (SIAM Review).
  • 2011: Candès and Plan prove the matrix analogue of the 2−1\sqrt 2 - 12​−1 threshold and the orthogonality estimate quoted here as Lemma 6.9 (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory).
  • 2011: Fornasier, Rauhut and Ward prove Proposition 6.8, the target of this mission: δ4k<2−1\delta_{4k} < \sqrt 2 - 1δ4k​<2​−1 implies the SRNSP of order kkk.

Setting

Fix integers n,p,mn, p, mn,p,m. A measurement map is a linear map S:Rn×p→Rm\mathcal S : \mathbb R^{n\times p} \to \mathbb R^mS:Rn×p→Rm; it is given by mmm matrices A1,…,AmA_1,\dots,A_mA1​,…,Am​ through S(X)ℓ=⟨Aℓ,X⟩\mathcal S(X)_\ell = \langle A_\ell, X\rangleS(X)ℓ​=⟨Aℓ​,X⟩, where ⟨X,Y⟩=Tr⁡(XY⊤)=∑i,jXijYij\langle X, Y\rangle = \operatorname{Tr}(XY^{\top}) = \sum_{i,j} X_{ij}Y_{ij}⟨X,Y⟩=Tr(XY⊤)=∑i,j​Xij​Yij​. The Frobenius norm is ∥X∥F=⟨X,X⟩1/2\|X\|_F = \langle X, X\rangle^{1/2}∥X∥F​=⟨X,X⟩1/2, the nuclear norm ∥X∥∗\|X\|_*∥X∥∗​ is the sum of the singular values of XXX, and ∥S(X)∥ℓ2m\|\mathcal S(X)\|_{\ell_2^m}∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​​ is the Euclidean norm of the vector S(X)\mathcal S(X)S(X). A matrix is kkk-rank if its rank is at most kkk.

The restricted isometry constant δk=δk(S)\delta_k = \delta_k(\mathcal S)δk​=δk​(S) (Definition 1.1) is the smallest δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0 such that

(1−δ)∥X∥F2≤∥S(X)∥ℓ2m2≤(1+δ)∥X∥F2for all k-rank X.(1 - \delta)\|X\|_F^2 \le \|\mathcal S(X)\|_{\ell_2^m}^2 \le (1+\delta)\|X\|_F^2 \qquad \text{for all $k$-rank } X .(1−δ)∥X∥F2​≤∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​2​≤(1+δ)∥X∥F2​for all k-rank X.

The map S\mathcal SS has the strong rank null space property of order kkk with constant η∈(0,1)\eta \in (0,1)η∈(0,1) (Definition 6.4) if for every X∈ker⁡S∖{0}X \in \ker \mathcal S \setminus\{0\}X∈kerS∖{0} and every decomposition X=X1+X2X = X_1 + X_2X=X1​+X2​ with X1X_1X1​ kkk-rank, there is another decomposition X=H1+H2X = H_1 + H_2X=H1​+H2​ with rank⁡H1≤2k\operatorname{rank} H_1 \le 2krankH1​≤2k, ⟨H1,H2⟩=0\langle H_1, H_2\rangle = 0⟨H1​,H2​⟩=0, X1H2⊤=0X_1H_2^{\top} = 0X1​H2⊤​=0, X1⊤H2=0X_1^{\top}H_2 = 0X1⊤​H2​=0, and

∥H1∥∗≤η ∥H2∥∗.\|H_1\|_* \le \eta\,\|H_2\|_* .∥H1​∥∗​≤η∥H2​∥∗​.

In Lean these are IRLSM.RIP.ripConst A k, IRLSM.RIP.SRNSP A k η and IRLSM.RIP.measSq A X =∥S(X)∥ℓ2m2= \|\mathcal S(X)\|^2_{\ell_2^m}=∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​2​, built on the published module HighDimStat_MatrixRank_Core (traceInner, frobeniusNorm, nuclearNorm, observationOp).

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.8

If δ4k>0\delta_{4k} > 0δ4k​>0 and

δ4k<2−1,\delta_{4k} < \sqrt 2 - 1,δ4k​<2​−1,

then S\mathcal SS satisfies the SRNSP of order kkk with constant

η=2 δ4k1−δ3k∈(0,1).\eta = \sqrt 2\,\frac{\delta_{4k}}{1 - \delta_{3k}} \in (0,1).η=2​1−δ3k​δ4k​​∈(0,1).

The constant η\etaη is the paper's explicit one; the goal asserts the full property for every kernel element and every decomposition, including η∈(0,1)\eta \in (0,1)η∈(0,1).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6.9 (Candès–Plan): for ⟨X,Y⟩=0\langle X, Y\rangle = 0⟨X,Y⟩=0 and rank⁡X+rank⁡Y≤k\operatorname{rank}X + \operatorname{rank}Y \le krankX+rankY≤k, ∣⟨S(X),S(Y)⟩∣≤δk∥X∥F∥Y∥F|\langle \mathcal S(X), \mathcal S(Y)\rangle| \le \delta_k \|X\|_F\|Y\|_F∣⟨S(X),S(Y)⟩∣≤δk​∥X∥F​∥Y∥F​.
  2. Lemma 6.10 (Recht–Fazel–Parrilo): XZ⊤=0XZ^{\top} = 0XZ⊤=0 and X⊤Z=0X^{\top}Z = 0X⊤Z=0 imply ∥X+Z∥∗=∥X∥∗+∥Z∥∗\|X + Z\|_* = \|X\|_* + \|Z\|_*∥X+Z∥∗​=∥X∥∗​+∥Z∥∗​.
  3. The block decomposition of the proof: relative to an SVD X1=U(Σ000)V⊤X_1 = U(\begin{smallmatrix}\Sigma & 0\\ 0 & 0\end{smallmatrix})V^{\top}X1​=U(Σ0​00​)V⊤, the matrices H0H_0H0​ and HcH_cHc​ obtained by zeroing blocks of U⊤XVU^{\top}XVU⊤XV satisfy X=H0+HcX = H_0 + H_cX=H0​+Hc​, rank⁡H0≤2k\operatorname{rank}H_0 \le 2krankH0​≤2k, X1Hc⊤=0X_1H_c^{\top} = 0X1​Hc⊤​=0, X1⊤Hc=0X_1^{\top}H_c = 0X1⊤​Hc​=0, ⟨H0,Hc⟩=0\langle H_0, H_c\rangle = 0⟨H0​,Hc​⟩=0.
  4. ∥H∥∗≤r ∥H∥F\|H\|_* \le \sqrt r\,\|H\|_F∥H∥∗​≤r​∥H∥F​ for rank⁡H≤r\operatorname{rank}H \le rrankH≤r, and ∥H∥F≤∥H+K∥F\|H\|_F \le \|H + K\|_F∥H∥F​≤∥H+K∥F​ for ⟨H,K⟩=0\langle H, K\rangle = 0⟨H,K⟩=0.
  5. The shelling bound: for a nonincreasing nonnegative sequence cut into blocks of length ℓ\ellℓ, each block's ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​ norm is at most ℓ−1/2\ell^{-1/2}ℓ−1/2 times the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm of the previous block.
  6. Monotonicity δk≤δk′\delta_k \le \delta_{k'}δk​≤δk′​ for k≤k′k \le k'k≤k′, and η∈(0,1)\eta \in (0,1)η∈(0,1) under 0<δ4k<2−10 < \delta_{4k} < \sqrt2 - 10<δ4k​<2​−1.

Significance

The result. Proposition 6.8 is the step that turns a verifiable, probabilistically typical hypothesis (a small rank restricted isometry constant, which Gaussian and many other random maps satisfy once mmm is of order kmax⁡(n,p)k\max(n,p)kmax(n,p)) into the deterministic null-space hypothesis under which the paper proves that IRLS-M converges to the nuclear-norm minimizer and recovers every kkk-rank matrix exactly (Theorem 6.11, Proposition 2.1). Through Lemma 6.6 and Corollary 6.7 of the same paper, the SRNSP also gives stable recovery by nuclear-norm minimization, with error controlled by the best kkk-rank approximation error in the nuclear norm.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; it has no machine-checked proof that we know of. A complete development supplies the rank restricted isometry constant as a usable object (its monotonicity, its polarization estimate Lemma 6.9), the nuclear norm's additivity on orthogonal pieces, its comparison with the Frobenius norm, and the block-splitting of the singular value decomposition. These tools are reusable across low-rank recovery. The sibling mission of this series, IRLS-M Converges to the Nuclear-Norm Minimizer Under the Strong Rank Null Space Property, takes the SRNSP as its hypothesis; together the two give Proposition 2.1 of the paper.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would bound ∥H1∥∗\|H_1\|_*∥H1​∥∗​ directly by the restricted isometry inequality, but that inequality controls only Frobenius norms of low-rank matrices, while the kernel element XXX has full rank in general and the property is stated in nuclear norms. The restricted isometry hypothesis therefore cannot be applied to XXX, or to H2H_2H2​, as a whole, and the constant η\etaη depends on how the high-rank part is handled. In Lean, the singular value decomposition of a rectangular matrix and the behaviour of singular values under block operations are the main missing infrastructure: Mathlib has the spectral theorem for Hermitian matrices but little on singular values of rectangular matrices.

Formalization scope

  • Real matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ; the paper treats real and complex matrices indifferently. X∗X^*X∗ is X⊤X^{\top}X⊤ and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ is traceInner.
  • Measurement map by matrices: S(X)ℓ=⟨Aℓ,X⟩\mathcal S(X)_\ell = \langle A_\ell, X\rangleS(X)ℓ​=⟨Aℓ​,X⟩ (observationOp); ∥S(X)∥ℓ2m2\|\mathcal S(X)\|^2_{\ell_2^m}∥S(X)∥ℓ2m​2​ is a sum of squares, not Mathlib's sup norm on Fin m → ℝ.
  • The squared RIP constant of Definition 1.1, defined as the infimum of the admissible δ≥0\delta \ge 0δ≥0 (attained, never a junk value), for every k∈Nk \in \mathbb Nk∈N; the page's range 1≤k≤n1 \le k \le n1≤k≤n is dropped because the goal uses δ4k\delta_{4k}δ4k​ with 4k4k4k possibly larger than nnn. The unsquared constant (1−δ)∥X∥F≤∥S(X)∥≤(1+δ)∥X∥F(1-\delta)\|X\|_F \le \|\mathcal S(X)\| \le (1+\delta)\|X\|_F(1−δ)∥X∥F​≤∥S(X)∥≤(1+δ)∥X∥F​ used by other formalizations is a different quantity and is not used.
  • Positivity δ4k>0\delta_{4k} > 0δ4k​>0 is a hypothesis of the goal: it is Definition 1.1's own "δk>0\delta_k > 0δk​>0", and without it η=0∉(0,1)\eta = 0 \notin (0,1)η=0∈/(0,1).
  • No n ≤ p assumption: the proof does not use it.
  • The block decomposition milestone states the page's explicit construction, with a general (not necessarily diagonal) top-left block, and without the unused hypothesis X∈ker⁡SX \in \ker\mathcal SX∈kerS.
  • The shelling bound is stated in its vector form for every block; the page writes "for j≥2j \ge 2j≥2" but display (6.7) uses it for every j≥1j \ge 1j≥1.

A formalization that proved only η<1\eta < 1η<1, or only the existence of some decomposition without the bound ∥H1∥∗≤η∥H2∥∗\|H_1\|_* \le \eta\|H_2\|_*∥H1​∥∗​≤η∥H2​∥∗​, or that defined δk\delta_kδk​ as any admissible constant rather than the smallest one, would not be this mission's goal.

Welcome contributions: singular value decomposition for rectangular real matrices in the Core encoding, singular values of block-diagonal and orthogonally-equivalent matrices, and proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • M. Fornasier, H. Rauhut, R. Ward, Low-rank matrix recovery via iteratively reweighted least squares minimization, SIAM J. Optim. 21(4), 2011; read as arXiv:1010.2471v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1010.2471
  • E. J. Candès, Y. Plan, Tight oracle inequalities for low-rank matrix recovery from a minimal number of noisy random measurements, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 57(4), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2011.2111771
  • B. Recht, M. Fazel, P. A. Parrilo, Guaranteed minimum-rank solutions of linear matrix equations via nuclear norm minimization, SIAM Review 52(3), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/070697835
  • E. J. Candès, T. Tao, Decoding by linear programming, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 51(12), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2005.858979
  • E. J. Candès, The restricted isometry property and its implications for compressed sensing, C. R. Math. Acad. Sci. Paris 346, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crma.2008.03.014
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Low-rank Matrix Recovery via Iteratively Reweighted Least Squares Minimization 1: IRLS-M Converges to the Nuclear-Norm Minimizer Under the Strong Rank Null Space PropertyResearch Paper

Motivation

Many data problems ask for a matrix of low rank from far fewer linear measurements than it has entries: matrix completion (recommender systems, where a few ratings of a large user–item table are observed), system identification, and quantum state tomography. Minimizing the rank under the measurement constraints is NP-hard in general. The standard convex surrogate replaces the rank by the nuclear norm, the sum of the singular values, and recovers the low-rank matrix exactly when the measurement map is well conditioned on low-rank matrices (Recht, Fazel, Parrilo 2010; Candès, Recht 2009).

Solving the nuclear norm problem at scale is itself a numerical challenge: interior point methods do not scale, and first-order methods such as singular value thresholding (Cai, Candès, Shen 2010) need many iterations. Fornasier, Rauhut and Ward proposed an alternative, iteratively reweighted least squares for matrices (IRLS-M), which replaces the nonsmooth problem by a sequence of weighted least squares problems whose weights are recomputed from the current iterate. It is the matrix analogue of the IRLS method for sparse vectors of Daubechies, DeVore, Fornasier, Güntürk 2010, and a closely related algorithm was studied at the same time by Mohan and Fazel (Allerton 2010; journal version JMLR 2012).

Timeline. 2008–2010: nuclear norm recovery under rank restricted isometry (Recht–Fazel–Parrilo) and the rank null space property (Recht–Xu–Hassibi). 2010: convergence of IRLS for ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ under the vector null space property (Daubechies et al.). 2010–2011: IRLS-M and its convergence under the strong rank null space property (this paper, arXiv:1010.2471, SIAM J. Optim. 21(4), 2011).

Setting

Throughout, XXX is a real n×pn\times pn×p matrix with n≤pn\le pn≤p, with singular values σ1(X)≥⋯≥σn(X)≥0\sigma_1(X)\ge\dots\ge\sigma_n(X)\ge0σ1​(X)≥⋯≥σn​(X)≥0. The Frobenius norm is ∥X∥F\|X\|_F∥X∥F​, the nuclear norm is ∥X∥∗=∑iσi(X)\|X\|_*=\sum_i\sigma_i(X)∥X∥∗​=∑i​σi​(X), and ⟨X,Y⟩=∑i,jXijYij\langle X,Y\rangle=\sum_{i,j}X_{ij}Y_{ij}⟨X,Y⟩=∑i,j​Xij​Yij​. A linear measurement map S:Rn×p→Rm\mathcal S:\mathbb R^{n\times p}\to\mathbb R^mS:Rn×p→Rm is given by matrices A1,…,AmA_1,\dots,A_mA1​,…,Am​ through S(X)l=⟨Al,X⟩\mathcal S(X)_l=\langle A_l,X\rangleS(X)l​=⟨Al​,X⟩; the data are M∈Rm\mathscr M\in\mathbb R^mM∈Rm.

The best kkk-rank approximation error is ρk(X)∗=min⁡rank⁡Z≤k∥X−Z∥∗\rho_k(X)_*=\min_{\operatorname{rank}Z\le k}\|X-Z\|_*ρk​(X)∗​=minrankZ≤k​∥X−Z∥∗​. The map S\mathcal SS has the strong rank null space property (SRNSP) of order kkk with constant η∈(0,1)\eta\in(0,1)η∈(0,1) if every nonzero X∈ker⁡SX\in\ker\mathcal SX∈kerS and every split X=X1+X2X=X_1+X_2X=X1​+X2​ with rank⁡X1≤k\operatorname{rank}X_1\le krankX1​≤k admit another split X=H1+H2X=H_1+H_2X=H1​+H2​ with rank⁡H1≤2k\operatorname{rank}H_1\le2krankH1​≤2k, ⟨H1,H2⟩=0\langle H_1,H_2\rangle=0⟨H1​,H2​⟩=0, X1H2T=0X_1H_2^{\mathsf T}=0X1​H2T​=0, X1TH2=0X_1^{\mathsf T}H_2=0X1T​H2​=0 and ∥H1∥∗≤η∥H2∥∗\|H_1\|_*\le\eta\|H_2\|_*∥H1​∥∗​≤η∥H2​∥∗​.

For ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 the weight of XXX is W=UΣε−1UTW=U\Sigma_\varepsilon^{-1}U^{\mathsf T}W=UΣε−1​UT, where XXT=UΣ2UTXX^{\mathsf T}=U\Sigma^2U^{\mathsf T}XXT=UΣ2UT and Σε=diag⁡(max⁡{σj,ε})\Sigma_\varepsilon=\operatorname{diag}(\max\{\sigma_j,\varepsilon\})Σε​=diag(max{σj​,ε}). The IRLS-M algorithm with parameters K∈NK\in\mathbb NK∈N and γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 starts from W0=IW^0=IW0=I, ε0=1\varepsilon_0=1ε0​=1 and repeats

Xℓ∈arg⁡min⁡S(X)=M∥(Wℓ−1)1/2X∥F2,εℓ=min⁡{εℓ−1,γσK+1(Xℓ)},X^\ell\in\arg\min_{\mathcal S(X)=\mathscr M}\|(W^{\ell-1})^{1/2}X\|_F^2,\qquad\varepsilon_\ell=\min\{\varepsilon_{\ell-1},\gamma\sigma_{K+1}(X^\ell)\},Xℓ∈argS(X)=Mmin​∥(Wℓ−1)1/2X∥F2​,εℓ​=min{εℓ−1​,γσK+1​(Xℓ)},

with WℓW^\ellWℓ the weight of XℓX^\ellXℓ at level εℓ\varepsilon_\ellεℓ​; it stops when εℓ=0\varepsilon_\ell=0εℓ​=0. Two functionals organize the analysis: J(X,W)=12(∥W1/2X∥F2+∥W−1/2∥F2)\mathcal J(X,W)=\tfrac12(\|W^{1/2}X\|_F^2+\|W^{-1/2}\|_F^2)J(X,W)=21​(∥W1/2X∥F2​+∥W−1/2∥F2​), of which IRLS-M is an alternating minimization, and Jε(X)=∑i=1njε(σi(X))\mathcal J_\varepsilon(X)=\sum_{i=1}^n j^\varepsilon(\sigma_i(X))Jε​(X)=∑i=1n​jε(σi​(X)) with jε(u)=∣u∣j^\varepsilon(u)=|u|jε(u)=∣u∣ for ∣u∣≥ε|u|\ge\varepsilon∣u∣≥ε and (u2+ε2)/(2ε)(u^2+\varepsilon^2)/(2\varepsilon)(u2+ε2)/(2ε) otherwise.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.11

For γ=1/n\gamma=1/nγ=1/n, any KKK, a surjective S\mathcal SS and any run (Xℓ,εℓ)(X^\ell,\varepsilon_\ell)(Xℓ,εℓ​):

(i)S SRNSP of order K, εℓ→0 ⟹ Xℓ→Xˉ, rank⁡Xˉ≤K, Xˉ=the unique nuclear norm minimizer.\text{(i)}\quad \mathcal S\ \text{SRNSP of order }K,\ \varepsilon_\ell\to0\ \Longrightarrow\ X^\ell\to\bar X,\ \operatorname{rank}\bar X\le K,\ \bar X=\text{the unique nuclear norm minimizer.}(i)S SRNSP of order K, εℓ​→0 ⟹ Xℓ→Xˉ, rankXˉ≤K, Xˉ=the unique nuclear norm minimizer.

(ii) If εℓ→ε>0\varepsilon_\ell\to\varepsilon>0εℓ​→ε>0, the iterates are relatively compact, their accumulation points minimize Jε\mathcal J_\varepsilonJε​ on the feasible set, and the sequence converges when that minimizer is unique; under the SRNSP with η<1−2/(K−2)\eta<1-2/(K-2)η<1−2/(K−2), every accumulation point Xˉ\bar XXˉ satisfies, for every feasible XXX and k<K−2η/(1−η)k<K-2\eta/(1-\eta)k<K−2η/(1−η),

∥X−Xˉ∥∗≤Λρk(X)∗,Λ=4(1+η)2(1−η)2((K−k)(1−η)−2η)+2(1+η)1−η.\|X-\bar X\|_*\le\Lambda\rho_k(X)_*,\qquad\Lambda=\frac{4(1+\eta)^2}{(1-\eta)^2((K-k)(1-\eta)-2\eta)}+\frac{2(1+\eta)}{1-\eta}.∥X−Xˉ∥∗​≤Λρk​(X)∗​,Λ=(1−η)2((K−k)(1−η)−2η)4(1+η)2​+1−η2(1+η)​.

(iii) Under the same SRNSP, if a feasible matrix of rank at most kkk exists, then εℓ→0\varepsilon_\ell\to0εℓ​→0.

Milestones

In attack order: the weighted least squares step (Lemma 5.1, the optimality condition (5.4)); the weight step (Lemma 5.2, Proposition 5.3); monotonicity of J\mathcal JJ along the run (Proposition 6.1); singular value facts (Weyl's Theorem 7.1, attainment of ρk\rho_kρk​ at the spectral truncation, Lemma 6.10, Proposition 7.2); null space theory (Theorem 6.3, the inverse triangle inequality Lemma 6.6 with (6.5), Corollary 6.7); and the two steps of the proof of (ii), the optimality condition (6.10) for Jε\mathcal J_\varepsilonJε​ and the bound (6.11).

Significance

Theorem 6.11 is the convergence guarantee of IRLS-M. Combined with the fact that a small rank restricted isometry constant implies the SRNSP (Proposition 6.8, the companion mission), it yields Proposition 2.1 of the paper: under δ4K<2−1\delta_{4K}<\sqrt2-1δ4K​<2​−1, IRLS-M recovers every rank-kkk matrix exactly and approximately low-rank matrices stably. Part (iii) says that the algorithm detects exact low-rank data on its own: the smoothing parameter must vanish.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof exists. A complete formalization would give a machine-checked convergence proof of an IRLS-type method; none is on the platform, for vectors or matrices. It also produces reusable matrix analysis: Weyl's perturbation bound for singular values, the nuclear norm best rank-kkk approximation (a Mirsky-type theorem), additivity of the nuclear norm under orthogonality, the null space characterization of nuclear norm recovery, and optimality conditions for spectral functions.

Difficulty

Two steps resist the obvious argument. First, the weight update is a constrained minimization over the positive definite cone; identifying its solution (Proposition 5.3) requires a duality or spectral argument rather than setting a gradient to zero, because the constraint W⪯ε−1IW\preceq\varepsilon^{-1}IW⪯ε−1I is active on small singular values. Second, in case (ii) the limit functional Jε\mathcal J_\varepsilonJε​ is convex but not strictly convex, so accumulation points cannot be pinned down by uniqueness; the analysis must instead pass the optimality condition (5.4) of the iterates to the limit, using continuity of the weights in the iterate, and derive (6.10). The step relating ∇Jε\nabla\mathcal J_\varepsilon∇Jε​ to WXˉW\bar XWXˉ needs the differentiability of unitarily invariant spectral functions, which the paper imports from Lewis and Sendov. Weyl's inequality and the spectral truncation facts, routine on paper, are not yet in Mathlib for rectangular matrices.

Formalization scope

All matrices are real (Matrix (Fin n) (Fin p) ℝ); the paper treats real and complex matrices alike. The paper's standing assumption n≤pn\le pn≤p is a hypothesis wherever n×nn\times nn×n objects (XXTXX^{\mathsf T}XXT, WWW, γ=1/n\gamma=1/nγ=1/n, Jε\mathcal J_\varepsilonJε​) occur. Nuclear norm, Frobenius norm, trace inner product and singular values come from the published definition HighDimStat_MatrixRank_Core; sv X i is σi+1(X)\sigma_{i+1}(X)σi+1​(X), 0-based. The measurement map is given by measurement matrices (observationOp), which represents every linear map to Rm\mathbb R^mRm. The weight is defined with Mathlib's continuous functional calculus, and W1/2W^{1/2}W1/2 is cfc Real.sqrt W. The algorithm is the relation IsRun: each Xℓ+1X^{\ell+1}Xℓ+1 is some minimizer of (2.9), X0X^0X0 is free, and εj=0\varepsilon_j=0εj​=0 after a stop. Accumulation points are MapClusterPt; uniqueness of a nuclear norm minimizer is a strict inequality against every other feasible matrix.

The goal cannot be satisfied vacuously: IsRun has a run for every surjective S\mathcal SS and every M\mathscr MM (Lemma 5.1 supplies the minimizers), it carries no positivity or uniqueness assumption a real run could violate, and the theorem keeps all three parts, including the unique-minimizer clause of (i) and the error bound of (ii) for every feasible XXX and every admissible kkk.

Two printed slips are corrected and disclosed: (5.5) omits the factor 12\tfrac1221​ of (5.1), and (6.5) reverses the bracket of (6.4) at ρk=0\rho_k=0ρk​=0. Contributions welcome: Weyl's inequality and the Mirsky-type truncation theorem for rectangular matrices, the spectral calculus behind Propositions 5.3 and (6.10), and proofs of the null space results, which are independent of the algorithm.

Selected references

  • M. Fornasier, H. Rauhut, R. Ward, Low-rank matrix recovery via iteratively reweighted least squares minimization, SIAM J. Optim. 21(4), 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1010.2471 (v4 is the version formalized)
  • B. Recht, M. Fazel, P. A. Parrilo, Guaranteed minimum-rank solutions of linear matrix equations via nuclear norm minimization, SIAM Review 52(3), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/070697835
  • B. Recht, W. Xu, B. Hassibi, Null space conditions and thresholds for rank minimization, Math. Program. 127, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0422-2
  • I. Daubechies, R. DeVore, M. Fornasier, C. S. Güntürk, Iteratively reweighted least squares minimization for sparse recovery, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 63(1), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpa.20303
  • K. Mohan, M. Fazel, Iterative reweighted least squares for matrix rank minimization, Proc. Allerton Conference, 2010; journal version Iterative reweighted algorithms for matrix rank minimization, JMLR 13, 2012. https://jmlr.org/papers/v13/mohan12a.html
  • E. J. Candès, B. Recht, Exact matrix completion via convex optimization, Found. Comput. Math. 9, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-009-9045-5
  • J.-F. Cai, E. J. Candès, Z. Shen, A singular value thresholding algorithm for matrix completion, SIAM J. Optim. 20(4), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/080738970
  • A. S. Lewis, H. S. Sendov, Nonsmooth analysis of singular values. I: Theory, Set-Valued Analysis 13(3), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11228-004-7197-7
18 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Robust Gradient Sampling Algorithm for Nonsmooth, Nonconvex Optimization: With Fixed Sampling Radius ε, Gradient Sampling Almost Surely Stops at or Clusters at a Clarke ε-Stationary PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Many objective functions in engineering and statistics are nonsmooth and nonconvex: the spectral abscissa of a parametrized matrix, the largest eigenvalue of a symmetric matrix function, the H∞H_\inftyH∞​ norm of a closed-loop system, or a maximum of finitely many smooth functions. Such functions are typically differentiable almost everywhere, yet their minimizers usually sit exactly where the gradient fails to exist. Gradient descent then zig-zags or stalls, and bundle methods, which are designed for convex functions, lose their guarantees.

Burke, Lewis and Overton (SIAM J. Optim. 15 (2005) 751–779) proposed the gradient sampling (GS) algorithm: at each iterate, sample gradients at random nearby points, take the element of least norm in their convex hull, and search along its negative. The method needs nothing beyond gradients at points of differentiability, and it has since become a standard tool for nonsmooth, nonconvex minimization (Burke, Curtis, Lewis, Overton, Simões, 2020). This mission formalizes the paper's convergence theory.

Timeline. Goldstein (1977) introduced the ϵ\epsilonϵ-subdifferential of a Lipschitz function and a conceptual descent method built on it. Clarke's generalized gradient (Clarke 1983) supplied the stationarity notion. Burke, Lewis and Overton (2005) made Goldstein's idea implementable by random sampling and proved almost-sure convergence to Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-stationary points for a fixed sampling radius. Kiwiel (2007) revisited the analysis and proved convergence for a modified version of the algorithm.

Setting

Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be locally Lipschitz, and let D⊆RnD\subseteq\mathbb R^nD⊆Rn be an open dense set on which fff is continuously differentiable. Write B\mathbb BB for the closed Euclidean unit ball, and fix x~\tilde xx~ such that the level set L={x:f(x)≤f(x~)}\mathcal L=\{x: f(x)\le f(\tilde x)\}L={x:f(x)≤f(x~)} is compact.

The Clarke subdifferential ∂ˉf(x)\bar\partial f(x)∂ˉf(x) is the convex hull of all limits lim⁡i∇f(x+hi)\lim_i\nabla f(x+h_i)limi​∇f(x+hi​) with hi→0h_i\to0hi​→0 and fff differentiable at each x+hix+h_ix+hi​. For ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0 define

Gϵ(x)=cl⁡conv⁡∇f((x+ϵB)∩D),ρϵ(x)=dist⁡(0∣Gϵ(x)),G_\epsilon(x)=\operatorname{cl}\operatorname{conv}\nabla f\big((x+\epsilon\mathbb B)\cap D\big),\qquad \rho_\epsilon(x)=\operatorname{dist}\big(0\mid G_\epsilon(x)\big),Gϵ​(x)=clconv∇f((x+ϵB)∩D),ρϵ​(x)=dist(0∣Gϵ​(x)),

and the Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-subdifferential ∂ˉϵf(x)=cl⁡conv⁡⋃∥y−x∥≤ϵ∂ˉf(y)\bar\partial_\epsilon f(x)=\operatorname{cl}\operatorname{conv}\bigcup_{\|y-x\|\le\epsilon}\bar\partial f(y)∂ˉϵ​f(x)=clconv⋃∥y−x∥≤ϵ​∂ˉf(y). A point is Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-stationary if 0∈∂ˉϵf(x)0\in\bar\partial_\epsilon f(x)0∈∂ˉϵ​f(x), and Clarke stationary if 0∈∂ˉf(x)0\in\bar\partial f(x)0∈∂ˉf(x).

The GS algorithm. Fix x0∈L∩Dx^0\in\mathcal L\cap Dx0∈L∩D, γ,β∈(0,1)\gamma,\beta\in(0,1)γ,β∈(0,1), ϵ0>0\epsilon_0>0ϵ0​>0, ν0≥0\nu_0\ge0ν0​≥0, μ∈(0,1]\mu\in(0,1]μ∈(0,1], θ∈(0,1]\theta\in(0,1]θ∈(0,1] and a sample size m≥n+1m\ge n+1m≥n+1. At iteration kkk:

  1. Draw uk1,…,ukmu^{k1},\dots,u^{km}uk1,…,ukm independently and uniformly from B\mathbb BB and set xkj=xk+ϵkukjx^{kj}=x^k+\epsilon_k u^{kj}xkj=xk+ϵk​ukj. If some xkj∉Dx^{kj}\notin Dxkj∈/D, stop. Otherwise let Gk=conv⁡{∇f(xk),∇f(xk1),…,∇f(xkm)}G_k=\operatorname{conv}\{\nabla f(x^k),\nabla f(x^{k1}),\dots,\nabla f(x^{km})\}Gk​=conv{∇f(xk),∇f(xk1),…,∇f(xkm)}.
  2. Let gkg^kgk be the least-norm element of GkG_kGk​. If νk=∥gk∥=0\nu_k=\|g^k\|=0νk​=∥gk∥=0, stop. If ∥gk∥≤νk\|g^k\|\le\nu_k∥gk∥≤νk​, set tk=0t_k=0tk​=0, νk+1=θνk\nu_{k+1}=\theta\nu_kνk+1​=θνk​, ϵk+1=μϵk\epsilon_{k+1}=\mu\epsilon_kϵk+1​=μϵk​ and go to step 4. Otherwise keep νk+1=νk\nu_{k+1}=\nu_kνk+1​=νk​, ϵk+1=ϵk\epsilon_{k+1}=\epsilon_kϵk+1​=ϵk​ and set dk=−gk/∥gk∥d^k=-g^k/\|g^k\|dk=−gk/∥gk∥.
  3. Let tkt_ktk​ be the largest γs\gamma^sγs, s∈{0,1,2,… }s\in\{0,1,2,\dots\}s∈{0,1,2,…}, with f(xk+γsdk)<f(xk)−βγs∥gk∥f(x^k+\gamma^s d^k)<f(x^k)-\beta\gamma^s\|g^k\|f(xk+γsdk)<f(xk)−βγs∥gk∥.
  4. If xk+tkdk∈Dx^k+t_kd^k\in Dxk+tk​dk∈D, set xk+1=xk+tkdkx^{k+1}=x^k+t_kd^kxk+1=xk+tk​dk. Otherwise pick any x^k∈xk+ϵkB\hat x^k\in x^k+\epsilon_k\mathbb Bx^k∈xk+ϵk​B with x^k+tkdk∈D\hat x^k+t_kd^k\in Dx^k+tk​dk∈D and f(x^k+tkdk)<f(xk)−βtk∥gk∥f(\hat x^k+t_kd^k)<f(x^k)-\beta t_k\|g^k\|f(x^k+tk​dk)<f(xk)−βtk​∥gk∥, and set xk+1=x^k+tkdkx^{k+1}=\hat x^k+t_kd^kxk+1=x^k+tk​dk.

With ν0=0\nu_0=0ν0​=0 and μ=1\mu=1μ=1 the radius stays fixed, ϵk=ϵ0=ϵ\epsilon_k=\epsilon_0=\epsilonϵk​=ϵ0​=ϵ: this is fixed-radius mode.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4 (p. 760)

In fixed-radius mode, with probability 111, either the algorithm stops at some iteration k0k_0k0​ with ρϵ(xk0)=0\rho_\epsilon(x^{k_0})=0ρϵ​(xk0​)=0, or it runs forever and there is a subsequence JJJ with

ρϵ(xk)→k∈J0,0∈∂ˉϵf(xˉ)  for every cluster point xˉ of {xk}k∈J.\rho_\epsilon(x^k)\xrightarrow[k\in J]{}0,\qquad 0\in\bar\partial_\epsilon f(\bar x)\ \text{ for every cluster point }\bar x\text{ of }\{x^k\}_{k\in J}.ρϵ​(xk)k∈J​0,0∈∂ˉϵ​f(xˉ)  for every cluster point xˉ of {xk}k∈J​.

The theorem asserts nothing about ∥gk∥\|g^k\|∥gk∥ along JJJ; the authors list ∥gk∥→J0\|g^k\|\to_J0∥gk∥→J​0 as an open question.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's argument: the minimax characterization of the search direction (Lemma 2.1), the line-search descent estimate and the descent property of the iterates (§2), the almost-sure absence of a Step 1 stop, upper semicontinuity of ρϵ\rho_\epsilonρϵ​ and the uniform covering of Lemma 3.2(iv)–(v), Lebourg's mean value theorem (Theorem 3.3), the representation ∂ˉf(x)=⋂ϵ>0Gϵ(x)\bar\partial f(x)=\bigcap_{\epsilon>0}G_\epsilon(x)∂ˉf(x)=⋂ϵ>0​Gϵ​(x), the estimate of Lemma 3.1, the inclusion Gϵ(x)⊆∂ˉϵf(x)G_\epsilon(x)\subseteq\bar\partial_\epsilon f(x)Gϵ​(x)⊆∂ˉϵ​f(x), and the closed graph of ∂ˉϵf\bar\partial_\epsilon f∂ˉϵ​f.

Companions

Well-posedness of the algorithm (every sample realization admits a run), Corollary 3.5(1) (the C1C^1C1 case: ∥gk∥→0\|g^k\|\to0∥gk∥→0), Corollary 3.6 (Clarke ϵj\epsilon_jϵj​-stationary points with ϵj↓0\epsilon_j\downarrow0ϵj​↓0 cluster at Clarke stationary points, and with a unique stationary point in L\mathcal LL the sets CjC_jCj​ converge to it in the Hausdorff sense), Corollary 3.7 (with a unique stationary point in L\mathcal LL, small ϵ\epsilonϵ forces the run near it), and Theorem 3.8 (the variable-radius mode with ν0>0\nu_0>0ν0​>0).

Significance

Theorem 3.4 is the first convergence guarantee for a practical method on general locally Lipschitz, nonconvex functions that uses only gradients at points of differentiability. It holds for a fixed sampling radius, the setting where most of the work is, and Corollaries 3.6–3.7 and Theorem 3.8 transfer it to radii decreasing to zero, which is how the method is used in practice. Later gradient sampling variants and their analyses start from these results.

The results are proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of them is known. A formalization would make the probabilistic structure precise, which the paper leaves informal (see Formalization scope), and would certify the hypotheses under which the theorem holds. Already the statements record two such corrections.

Difficulty

The natural argument, "f(xk)f(x^k)f(xk) decreases and L\mathcal LL is compact, so the steps tk∥gk∥t_k\|g^k\|tk​∥gk∥ tend to zero, hence ∥gk∥→0\|g^k\|\to0∥gk∥→0", fails: tkt_ktk​ can go to zero while ∥gk∥\|g^k\|∥gk∥ stays bounded away from zero. The difficulty is to show that, on the event inf⁡kρϵ(xk)>0\inf_k\rho_\epsilon(x^k)>0infk​ρϵ​(xk)>0, the random samples land infinitely often in a configuration whose sampled hull nearly realizes ρϵ\rho_\epsilonρϵ​ at a fixed nearby point, uniformly over a compact set of iterates, and that the failed trial step at such an iteration contradicts the Armijo rule. The iterates depend on all past samples, so independence across iterations cannot be used directly.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), ∇f\nabla f∇f is Mathlib's gradient, the Clarke subdifferential is the published ClarkeGradients.Shared.generalizedGradient, and dist⁡(0∣C)\operatorname{dist}(0\mid C)dist(0∣C) is Metric.infDist 0 C. Local Lipschitz continuity is Mathlib's LocallyLipschitz; continuous differentiability on DDD is ContDiffOn ℝ 1 f D.
  • A run is a predicate IsGSRun on the iterates, radii, tolerances, step lengths, least-norm vectors, directions and a stopping index τ∈N∪{∞}\tau\in\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}τ∈N∪{∞}, imposing Steps 0–4 up to τ\tauτ. "max⁡γs\max\gamma^smaxγs" is the least admissible sss, and the Armijo and (2) inequalities are strict.
  • A random run (IsRandomGSRun) lives on a probability space with a filtration (Fk)(\mathcal F_k)(Fk​): the samples are uniform on B\mathbb BB, independent within an iteration, and independent of Fk\mathcal F_kFk​, while xk,ϵk,νkx^k,\epsilon_k,\nu_kxk,ϵk​,νk​ are Fk\mathcal F_kFk​-measurable. The Step 4 choice may use the past and extra randomness but never future samples. "With probability 1" is ∀ᵐ. The paper's event E\mathcal EE, the realizations that hit every positive-measure subset of Bm\mathbb B^mBm infinitely often, is not used, because no sequence has that property.
  • Added hypothesis vol⁡(Dc)=0\operatorname{vol}(D^c)=0vol(Dc)=0. An open dense set can have a complement of positive measure, and then Step 1 stops with positive probability, so Theorem 3.4 would fail. Every probabilistic statement, and the two inclusions ∂ˉf(x)⊆Gϵ(x)\bar\partial f(x)\subseteq G_\epsilon(x)∂ˉf(x)⊆Gϵ​(x), ∂ˉϵ1f(x)⊆Gϵ2(x)\bar\partial_{\epsilon_1}f(x)\subseteq G_{\epsilon_2}(x)∂ˉϵ1​​f(x)⊆Gϵ2​​(x) (which fail without it), carry this hypothesis.
  • Trivializing encodings are ruled out. The run predicate is satisfiable for every sample realization (a companion statement), so the goal is not vacuous. The Step 4 choice cannot anticipate future samples. The conclusion is almost sure, not sure.
  • Reusable infrastructure: the Clarke ϵ\epsilonϵ-subdifferential and its closed graph, Lebourg's mean value theorem for the published Clarke subdifferential, Lemma 2.1 (a finite-dimensional minimax identity), and a conditional Borel–Cantelli argument for adaptively placed targets. Contributions to any of these are welcome, as are proofs of the companion corollaries.

Selected references

  • J. V. Burke, A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, A robust gradient sampling algorithm for nonsmooth, nonconvex optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 15(3) (2005) 751–779. https://doi.org/10.1137/030601296
  • F. H. Clarke, Optimization and Nonsmooth Analysis, Wiley, 1983; reprinted SIAM Classics in Applied Mathematics 5, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971309
  • A. A. Goldstein, Optimization of Lipschitz continuous functions, Math. Programming 13 (1977) 14–22. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01584320
  • K. C. Kiwiel, Convergence of the gradient sampling algorithm for nonsmooth nonconvex optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 18(2) (2007) 379–388. https://doi.org/10.1137/050639673
  • J. V. Burke, F. E. Curtis, A. S. Lewis, M. L. Overton, L. E. A. Simões, Gradient sampling methods for nonsmooth optimization, in Numerical Nonsmooth Optimization, Springer, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1804.11003
14 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

A Numerical Scheme for BSDEs: The Step-Process Scheme Converges in L² at Rate |π| log(1/|π|), and at Rate |π| for L¹-Lipschitz or Markovian Terminal Values (Theorem 6.1)Research Paper

Why discretize a backward SDE

A backward stochastic differential equation (BSDE) prescribes the terminal value of a process instead of its initial value. Pardoux and Peng (1990) proved that a BSDE with Lipschitz driver has a unique adapted solution. Coupled with a forward diffusion it gives a forward–backward SDE (FBSDE), which represents the solution of a semilinear parabolic PDE (nonlinear Feynman–Kac formula) and, in mathematical finance, the price and hedging strategy of a contingent claim, including path-dependent ones such as lookback and Asian options (El Karoui, Peng and Quenez, 1997). In high dimension or with path-dependent payoffs the PDE route is impractical, so one wants a time-discretization of the FBSDE itself, with a proven rate of convergence.

Zhang (2004) gave such a scheme for terminal values that are Lipschitz functionals of the whole path of the forward diffusion, and proved that it converges in mean square at rate ∣π∣log⁡(1/∣π∣)|\pi|\log(1/|\pi|)∣π∣log(1/∣π∣), and at rate ∣π∣|\pi|∣π∣ for L1L^1L1-Lipschitz or Markovian terminal values. The key input is a new L2L^2L2-regularity estimate for the martingale integrand ZZZ. The same regularity estimate underlies the analysis of the Bouchard–Touzi scheme (2004) and of regression-based Monte Carlo methods (Gobet, Lemor and Warin, 2005).

Setting

Fix T>0T>0T>0, a probability space carrying a one-dimensional standard Brownian motion WWW, and its natural filtration F={Ft}\mathbb F=\{\mathcal F_t\}F={Ft​} augmented by the null sets. For x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd the FBSDE is

Xt=x+∫0tb(s,Xs) ds+∫0tσ(s,Xs) dWs,Yt=Φ(X)+∫tTf(s,Xs,Ys,Zs) ds−∫tTZs dWs,(2.1)X_t=x+\int_0^t b(s,X_s)\,ds+\int_0^t\sigma(s,X_s)\,dW_s,\qquad Y_t=\Phi(X)+\int_t^T f(s,X_s,Y_s,Z_s)\,ds-\int_t^T Z_s\,dW_s ,\tag{2.1}Xt​=x+∫0t​b(s,Xs​)ds+∫0t​σ(s,Xs​)dWs​,Yt​=Φ(X)+∫tT​f(s,Xs​,Ys​,Zs​)ds−∫tT​Zs​dWs​,(2.1)

where Xt∈RdX_t\in\mathbb R^dXt​∈Rd, Yt,Zt∈RY_t,Z_t\in\mathbb RYt​,Zt​∈R, b,σ,fb,\sigma,fb,σ,f are deterministic functions and Φ\PhiΦ is a deterministic functional of the path X=(Xt)0≤t≤TX=(X_t)_{0\le t\le T}X=(Xt​)0≤t≤T​.

Assumption 2.3 asks that b,σ,fb,\sigma,fb,σ,f be continuous, 12\tfrac1221​-Hölder in time and Lipschitz in the space variables, that Φ\PhiΦ be L∞L^\inftyL∞-Lipschitz,

∣Φ(x1)−Φ(x2)∣≤Ksup⁡0≤t≤T∣x1(t)−x2(t)∣|\Phi(x_1)-\Phi(x_2)|\le K\sup_{0\le t\le T}|x_1(t)-x_2(t)|∣Φ(x1​)−Φ(x2​)∣≤K0≤t≤Tsup​∣x1​(t)−x2​(t)∣

for càdlàg paths x1,x2x_1,x_2x1​,x2​, all with one constant K>0K>0K>0, and that sup⁡t{∣b(t,0)∣+∣σ(t,0)∣+∣f(t,0,0,0)∣}+∣Φ(0)∣≤K\sup_t\{|b(t,0)|+|\sigma(t,0)|+|f(t,0,0,0)|\}+|\Phi(0)|\le Ksupt​{∣b(t,0)∣+∣σ(t,0)∣+∣f(t,0,0,0)∣}+∣Φ(0)∣≤K. Φ\PhiΦ is L1L^1L1-Lipschitz if the supremum can be replaced by ∫0T∣x1(t)−x2(t)∣ dt\int_0^T|x_1(t)-x_2(t)|\,dt∫0T​∣x1​(t)−x2​(t)∣dt.

A partition is π:0=t0<⋯<tn=T\pi:0=t_0<\dots<t_n=Tπ:0=t0​<⋯<tn​=T, with Δti=ti−ti−1\Delta t_i=t_i-t_{i-1}Δti​=ti​−ti−1​ and ∣π∣=max⁡iΔti|\pi|=\max_i\Delta t_i∣π∣=maxi​Δti​; it is κ\kappaκ-uniform if Δti≥∣π∣/κ\Delta t_i\ge|\pi|/\kappaΔti​≥∣π∣/κ for all iii. The Euler scheme is Xt0π=xX^\pi_{t_0}=xXt0​π​=x, Xtiπ=Xti−1π+b(ti−1,Xti−1π)Δti+σ(ti−1,Xti−1π)(Wti−Wti−1)X^\pi_{t_{i}}=X^\pi_{t_{i-1}}+b(t_{i-1},X^\pi_{t_{i-1}})\Delta t_i+\sigma(t_{i-1},X^\pi_{t_{i-1}})(W_{t_i}-W_{t_{i-1}})Xti​π​=Xti−1​π​+b(ti−1​,Xti−1​π​)Δti​+σ(ti−1​,Xti−1​π​)(Wti​​−Wti−1​​), and its step process is X^tπ=Xti−1π\hat X^\pi_t=X^\pi_{t_{i-1}}X^tπ​=Xti−1​π​ on [ti−1,ti)[t_{i-1},t_i)[ti−1​,ti​). With ξπ=Φ(X^π)\xi^\pi=\Phi(\hat X^\pi)ξπ=Φ(X^π) the backward scheme is Ytnπ=ξπY^\pi_{t_n}=\xi^\piYtn​π​=ξπ and, for t∈[ti−1,ti)t\in[t_{i-1},t_i)t∈[ti−1​,ti​),

Ytπ=Ytiπ+f(ti,Xtiπ,Ytiπ,Ztiπ,1)Δti−∫ttiZrπ dWr,Ztiπ,1=1Δti+1E{∫titi+1Zrπ dr ∣ Fti},Y^\pi_t=Y^\pi_{t_i}+f\big(t_i,X^\pi_{t_i},Y^\pi_{t_i},Z^{\pi,1}_{t_i}\big)\Delta t_i-\int_t^{t_i}Z^\pi_r\,dW_r,\qquad Z^{\pi,1}_{t_i}=\frac1{\Delta t_{i+1}}E\Big\{\int_{t_i}^{t_{i+1}}Z^\pi_r\,dr\,\Big|\,\mathcal F_{t_i}\Big\},Ytπ​=Yti​π​+f(ti​,Xti​π​,Yti​π​,Zti​π,1​)Δti​−∫tti​​Zrπ​dWr​,Zti​π,1​=Δti+1​1​E{∫ti​ti+1​​Zrπ​dr​Fti​​},

with Ztnπ,1=0Z^{\pi,1}_{t_n}=0Ztn​π,1​=0. The numerical approximations are the step processes Y^tπ=Yti−1π\hat Y^\pi_t=Y^\pi_{t_{i-1}}Y^tπ​=Yti−1​π​ and Z^tπ=Zti−1π,1\hat Z^\pi_t=Z^{\pi,1}_{t_{i-1}}Z^tπ​=Zti−1​π,1​ on [ti−1,ti)[t_{i-1},t_i)[ti−1​,ti​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.1, (6.5)–(6.6)

Assume Assumption 2.3 and that ZZZ is càdlàg. If fff does not depend on zzz, or π\piπ is κ\kappaκ-uniform, then

sup⁡0≤t≤TE{∣Yt−Y^tπ∣2}+E{∫0T∣Zt−Z^tπ∣2dt}≤C(1+∣x∣2) ∣π∣log⁡1∣π∣(6.5)\sup_{0\le t\le T}E\{|Y_t-\hat Y^\pi_t|^2\}+E\Big\{\int_0^T|Z_t-\hat Z^\pi_t|^2dt\Big\}\le C(1+|x|^2)\,|\pi|\log\frac1{|\pi|}\tag{6.5}0≤t≤Tsup​E{∣Yt​−Y^tπ​∣2}+E{∫0T​∣Zt​−Z^tπ​∣2dt}≤C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣log∣π∣1​(6.5)

for ∣π∣≤e−1/2|\pi|\le e^{-1/2}∣π∣≤e−1/2, and, if moreover Φ\PhiΦ is L1L^1L1-Lipschitz or Φ(X)=g(XT)\Phi(X)=g(X_T)Φ(X)=g(XT​), the same left-hand side is at most C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣C(1+|x|^2)|\pi|C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣ (6.6). The constant CCC depends only on TTT, KKK, κ\kappaκ and ddd. The goal fixes the rates and leaves CCC unspecified.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.2: ∥Zt∥p≤Cp(1+∣x∣)\|Z_t\|_p\le C_p(1+|x|)∥Zt​∥p​≤Cp​(1+∣x∣), and the time-regularity E{∣Xt−Xti−1∣2+∣Yt−Yti−1∣2}≤C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣E\{|X_t-X_{t_{i-1}}|^2+|Y_t-Y_{t_{i-1}}|^2\}\le C(1+|x|^2)|\pi|E{∣Xt​−Xti−1​​∣2+∣Yt​−Yti−1​​∣2}≤C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣.
  2. Lemma 3.3 and Corollary 3.4, a weighted martingale inequality over a partition.
  3. Theorem 3.1, the L2L^2L2-regularity of ZZZ: ∑iE∫ti−1ti[∣Zt−Zti−1∣2+∣Zt−Zti∣2] dt≤C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣\sum_i E\int_{t_{i-1}}^{t_i}[|Z_t-Z_{t_{i-1}}|^2+|Z_t-Z_{t_i}|^2]\,dt\le C(1+|x|^2)|\pi|∑i​E∫ti−1​ti​​[∣Zt​−Zti−1​​∣2+∣Zt​−Zti​​∣2]dt≤C(1+∣x∣2)∣π∣.
  4. Lemma 4.1, Theorem 4.2 and Corollary 4.4: errors of the Euler scheme, its step process, and Φ(X^π)\Phi(\hat X^\pi)Φ(X^π).
  5. Lemma 5.4 (a backward discrete Gronwall inequality), Theorem 5.3 and Remark 5.5 (the scheme at the grid points), and Theorem 5.6 (the step processes).

Significance

Theorem 6.1 gives an explicit, implementable scheme for FBSDEs with path-dependent terminal values and a mean-square rate that is sharp up to the logarithm: by Remark 4.3 the factor log⁡(1/∣π∣)\log(1/|\pi|)log(1/∣π∣) cannot be removed for L∞L^\inftyL∞-Lipschitz functionals, since it is already present in the uniform error of the Euler step process. Theorem 3.1 is reusable on its own: any time-discretization of a BSDE whose error is measured against Zti−1Z_{t_{i-1}}Zti−1​​ needs it.

All results are proved in the paper. As far as is known, none has a machine-checked proof; the platform has no prior BSDE discretization result. The work is formalizing the known proofs, which needs the L2L^2L2 Itô integral, Itô's isometry and martingale representation, the standard a priori estimates for SDEs and BSDEs, and Doob's maximal inequality in continuous time.

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares the BSDE and the scheme step by step and closes with a discrete Gronwall inequality (Lemma 5.4). Its error terms include E∫ti−1ti∣Zr−Zti−1∣2drE\int_{t_{i-1}}^{t_i}|Z_r-Z_{t_{i-1}}|^2drE∫ti−1​ti​​∣Zr​−Zti−1​​∣2dr, and no pointwise estimate E∣Zt−Zs∣2≤C∣t−s∣E|Z_t-Z_s|^2\le C|t-s|E∣Zt​−Zs​∣2≤C∣t−s∣ is available: ZZZ is only square integrable in time, with no continuity modulus in general. The proof therefore needs the summed L2L^2L2-regularity of Theorem 3.1, whose proof goes through smooth approximations of the coefficients and of Φ\PhiΦ, the representation of ZZZ by the variational process ∇X\nabla X∇X, and the martingale inequality of Lemma 3.3. The log⁡(1/∣π∣)\log(1/|\pi|)log(1/∣π∣) rate comes from the maximum of nnn Gaussian increments, which an estimate of sup⁡tE\sup_tEsupt​E cannot see.

Formalization scope

Time is ℝ≥0; the state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); the Brownian motion is the coordinate 000 of a Fin 1-indexed standard Brownian motion; F\mathbb FF is the augmented filtration. These, the L2L^2L2 Itô integral and the class L2(F)L^2(\mathbb F)L2(F) are reused from the published modules Peng1990_SMP_Stochastic and ReflectedBSDE_Existence_Setting. Every expectation and time integral of a square is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so a non-integrable error cannot make a bound vacuous; this rules out the trivializing formalization in which a Bochner integral of a non-integrable error is 000.

The solutions (X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z) and (Yπ,Zπ)(Y^\pi,Z^\pi)(Yπ,Zπ) are quantified as solutions of their equations; the Euler scheme, X^π\hat X^\piX^π, Zπ,1Z^{\pi,1}Zπ,1, Y^π\hat Y^\piY^π, Z^π\hat Z^\piZ^π are constructed. Each constant CCC is chosen before the probability space, the data, the solution and the partition. Disclosed readings: (i) the log-rate statements assume ∣π∣≤e−1/2|\pi|\le e^{-1/2}∣π∣≤e−1/2, the paper's "π\piπ fine enough" (p. 478); (ii) "ZZZ is càdlàg" includes ZT=ZT−Z_T=Z_{T-}ZT​=ZT−​; (iii) the uniformity constant of Definition 5.2 is κ\kappaκ, not KKK, and CCC may depend on it; (iv) the Hölder constant in time is KKK; (v) X^Tπ=XTπ\hat X^\pi_T=X^\pi_TX^Tπ​=XTπ​, Y^Tπ=YTπ\hat Y^\pi_T=Y^\pi_TY^Tπ​=YTπ​, Z^Tπ=0\hat Z^\pi_T=0Z^Tπ​=0; (vi) Lemma 3.3 uses ∣Λti−1∣|\Lambda_{t_{i-1}}|∣Λti−1​​∣ in place of Λti−1\Lambda_{t_{i-1}}Λti−1​​, which strengthens it; (vii) Lemma 5.4 assumes C≥0C\ge0C≥0. Completeness of the probability space is not used.

Not formalized here: Lemma 2.2 (smooth approximation of Φ\PhiΦ, cited from Ma–Zhang), the background Lemmas 2.4–2.7, and the representation (6.3)–(6.4) of the scheme by functions of the Euler grid values. Welcome contributions: the SDE and BSDE a priori estimates under Lipschitz coefficients, Itô's isometry and martingale representation for the reused Itô integral, and Doob's L2L^2L2 inequality in continuous time; all are reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • J. Zhang, A numerical scheme for BSDEs, Ann. Appl. Probab. 14(1), 459–488, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1075828058
  • E. Pardoux and S. Peng, Adapted solution of a backward stochastic differential equation, Systems Control Lett. 14, 55–61, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167-6911(90)90082-6
  • N. El Karoui, S. Peng and M. C. Quenez, Backward stochastic differential equations in finance, Math. Finance 7(1), 1–71, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.00022
  • J. Ma and J. Zhang, Representation theorems for backward stochastic differential equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 12(4), 1390–1418, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1037125868
  • B. Bouchard and N. Touzi, Discrete-time approximation and Monte-Carlo simulation of backward stochastic differential equations, Stochastic Process. Appl. 111(2), 175–206, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.spa.2004.01.001
  • E. Gobet, J.-P. Lemor and X. Warin, A regression-based Monte Carlo method to solve backward stochastic differential equations, Ann. Appl. Probab. 15(3), 2172–2202, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1214/105051605000000412
19 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 3 of 5Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me